20-F 1 e18262_20f.htm FORM 20F Form 20-F

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 20-F

[_]        Registration statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

or

  [X]        Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

or

  [_]        Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from ____ to

Commission File No. 0-15742

United Business Media plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Ludgate House
245 Blackfriars Road
London SE1 9UY
England
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Ordinary Shares of 25p par value.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares 25p each………335,826,153

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

      Yes [X]   No [_]

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow:

      Item 17 [_]   Item 18 [X]

 
   

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
PART I
         ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS
         ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
         ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
                  A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                  B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
                  C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
                  D. RISK FACTORS
         ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
                  A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
                  B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
                  C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 15 
                  D. PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT 16 
         ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 17 
                  A. OPERATING RESULTS 17 
                  B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 35 
                  C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC 38 
                  D. TREND INFORMATION 38 
                  E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 39 
                  F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 39 
         ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 41 
                  A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT 41 
                  B. COMPENSATION 43 
                  C. BOARD PRACTICES 47 
                  D. EMPLOYEES 53 
                  E. SHARE OWNERSHIP 54 
         ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 64 
                  A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS 64 
                  B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 65 
                  C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL 65 
         ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 66 
                  A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION 66 
                  B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 66 
         ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 67 
                  A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS 67 
                  B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 67 
                  C. MARKETS 67 
                  D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS 68 
                  E. DILUTION 68 
                  F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE 68 
         ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 69 
                  A. SHARE CAPITAL 69 
                  B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION 69 
                  C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS 72 
                  D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS 72 

 
   

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

   
   
                  E. TAXATION 73 
                  F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS 77 
                  G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS 77 
                  H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY 78 
                  I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION 78 
         ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 79 
         ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 80 
PART II 81 
         ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 81 
         ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 81 
         ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 81 
         ITEM 16. [RESERVED] 81 
         ITEM 16.A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 81 
         ITEM 16.B. CODE OF ETHICS 81 
         ITEM 16.C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 82 
         ITEM 16.D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 83 
         ITEM 16.E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 83 
PART III 84 
         ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 84 
         ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 85 
         ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 86 

 
   

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND CERTAIN OTHER INFORMATION

        In this Annual Report on Form 20-F (the “Annual Report”) references to “United”, “UBM”, the “Company”, “we”, or the “Group” are references to United Business Media plc, its predecessors and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires.

        The Company publishes its consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling. In this Annual Report, references to “U.S. dollars”, “$”, “cents” or “c” are to the lawful currency of the United States and references to “pounds sterling”, “sterling”, “£”, “pence” or “p” are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom. The noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “noon buying rate”) on December 31, 2003 was $1.7842 per £1.00. On June 15, 2004, the noon buying rate was $1.8278 See “Item 3A. Exchange Rate Information” for historical exchange rate information.

        The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (“U.K. GAAP”), which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The principal differences between U.K. GAAP and U.S. GAAP are summarized in note 34 to our consolidated financial statements.

        In this Annual Report, “operating profit” or “operating loss” refers to operating profit/loss before amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items from continuing operations, as this is the measure that management uses in the day to day monitoring of the business and UBM believes provides additional meaningful information on underlying returns and trends to shareholders. The Group’s key performance indicators used in budgets, monthly reporting, forecasts, long-term planning and incentive plans for internal financial reporting focus primarily on this measure. Amortization is not a cash charge and as such does not reflect underlying operational results. For this purpose, exceptional items comprises operating exceptional items, in addition to those non-operating exceptional items disclosed below operating profit as required by UK GAAP. Throughout this document earnings per share is also calculated excluding the effect of amortization of intangible assets, exceptional items and B share dividends and is referred to as adjusted earnings per share. See note 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements. In addition, the terms “turnover” and “revenue” are used interchangeably throughout this Annual Report.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements included in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, statements concerning (i) the Company’s objectives and strategies, (ii) trends affecting the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, (iii) the effects of acquisitions and disposals on the Company’s businesses and (iv) the impact of competition, contain certain forward looking statements concerning the Company’s operations, economic performance and financial condition. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the industry’s or the Company’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such statements. Such factors include, among others, the sensitivity of the Company’s business to general economic trends, trends in advertising spending, technological innovations and the delivery of information and advertising to consumers such as Internet services, risks inherent in acquiring and disposing of companies and businesses, foreign currency fluctuations, events that adversely impact attendance at public gatherings such as exhibitions, including terrorist incidents and epidemics such as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (“SARS”) and risks inherent in participation in regulated industries.

 
   

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

      PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

        Not Applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

        Not Applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

         A.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The table below sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the Company for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 have been excerpted or derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements which have been audited by the Company’s independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, in respect of 2003 and 2002, and PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of 2001. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.K. GAAP, which differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. See “Summary of Differences between U.K. GAAP and U.S. GAAP” in note 34 to our consolidated financial statements for reconciliations to U.S. GAAP of net income, shareholders’ equity and certain other financial data. The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected from future operations. The following information should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements including the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 
  2  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account Data

Year ended December 31,
1999(1)
2000(1)
2001(1)
2002
2003
(£ millions, unless indicated otherwise)
Consolidated Profit and Loss Account              
U.K. GAAP:  
Turnover   2,171.3   1,975.0   932.5   793.4   746.7  
Turnover (from continuing operations)   856.4   1,049.3   930.5   793.4   746.7  
Amortization of intangible assets   (244.4 ) (186.6 ) (137.6 ) (135.9 ) (121.7 )
Operating profit before amortization of intangible  
assets and exceptional items (from continuing operations)   136.0   156.4   81.7   64.9   99.4  
Total operating (loss)/profit (from continuing operations)   (24.5 ) (2.3 ) (499.5 ) (215.2 ) (22.3 )
Total operating (loss)/profit   16.6   (15.5 ) (520.0 ) (215.2 ) (22.3 )
(Loss)/profit before taxes   (45.7 ) 2,033.1   (537.2 ) (221.2 ) (18.4 )
(Loss)/profit for the financial period   (108.8 ) 1,773.1   (564.2 ) (239.0 ) (41.4 )
U.S. GAAP:  
Revenue   2,171.3   1,975.0   932.5   793.4   764.2  
Revenue (from continuing operations)   856.4   1,049.3   932.5   793.4   764.2  
Amortization of intangible assets   (400.9 ) (273.5 ) (511.8 ) (414.0 ) (6.6 )
Operating income/(loss) (from continuing operations).   (16.1 ) (92.5 ) (508.6 ) (347.5 ) 70.7  
Income/(loss) before taxes   (175.4 ) (165.6 ) (513.3 ) (328.9 ) 67.7  
Income/(loss) from continuing operations   (115.2 ) 273.9   (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6  
Net income/(loss)   (234.4 ) 1,052.9   (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6  
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets (at end of period)  
U.K. GAAP:  
Net assets   686.3   2,422.0   565.1   213.3   128.8  
Total assets   2,839.3   3,761.3   2,169.1   1,565.4   1,459.7  
Long term obligations   (1,329.0 ) (614.2 ) (882.8 ) (596.8 ) (107.3 )
Share capital   125.4   126.8   95.9   84.5   84.5  
Shareholders’ equity   667.9   2,420.0   563.0   211.3   127.8  
U.S. GAAP:  
Net assets   1,825.0   2,840.9   901.9   330.3   361.4  
Total assets   3,958.0   4,110.4   2,497.0   1,699.4   1,694.5  
Long term obligations   (1,329.0 ) (614.2 ) (882.8 ) (596.8 ) (107.3 )
Share capital   125.4   126.8   95.4   84.1   84.2  
Shareholders’ equity   1,843.4   2,838.9   899.9   328.3   363.9  
Other U.K. GAAP financial data (2), (3)  
Number of ordinary shares (‘000)   501,473   506,971   335,006   335,615   335,826  
Weighted average ordinary shares (‘000)   496,941   501,249   385,710   333,773   334,173  
Adjusted (loss)/earnings per share (pence per share)(4)   36.2 p 28.4 p 17.9 p 16.5 p 24.0 p
(Loss)/earnings per share (pence per share)   (21.9 )p 353.7 (146.5 )p (71.8 )p (12.5 )p
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence per share)   (21.9 )p 337.5 p (146.5 )p (71.8 )p (12.5 )p
Dividends per share (pence per share)   22.2 p 22.2 p 12.0 p 7.0 p 9.0 p
Dividends per ADS (U.S. cents per ADS)   71.9 c 66.4 c 17.5 11.3 c 16.1
Other U.S. GAAP financial data: (3)  
Income/(loss) from continuing operations per share   (23.2  )p 54.6 p (163.6 )p  (121.9  )p 16.5
Income/(loss) from operations per ordinary share   (47.2 )p 210.0 p (163.6 )p (121.9 )p 16.5 p
Diluted profit/(loss) from continuing operations per share   (20.6 )p 53.3 p (163.6) p (121.9 )p 15.3 p
Diluted profit/(loss) per share   (43.4 )p 201.0 p (163.6  )p (121.9 )p 15.3 p


1)

As a result of the adoption of FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” in 2002, the 1999 — 2001 financial information was restated.

2)

Additional detail on dividends per share is provided in “Item 8.A. Financial Information — Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information”.

3)

Details of the share reorganization in 2001 are provided in notes 9 and 23 to our consolidated financial statements.

4)

Adjusted (loss)/ earnings is calculated as earnings before amortization, exceptional items and B share dividends and in the opinion of directors represents a meaningful measure of the performance of the Group.

 
  3  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

Exchange Rate Information

        The following tables set forth, for the years and dates indicated, certain information concerning exchange rates between pounds sterling and U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate as of the dates and periods indicated.

  Period
Year ended December 31, High Low Average (1) End
1999 1.68  1.55  1.62  1.62 
2000 1.52  1.50  1.51  1.50 
2001 1.51  1.37  1.44  1.45 
2002 1.61  1.41  1.50  1.61 
2003 1.78  1.55  1.64  1.78 

(1)     The average of the exchange rates on the last day of each full calendar month during the period.

Previous six months High Low
June 2004 (through June 15, 2004)   1.84 1.81
May 2004   1.83 1.76
April 2004   1.86 1.77
March 2004   1.87 1.79
February 2004   1.90 1.82
January 2004   1.85 1.79
December 2003   1.78 1.72

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs upon conversion by the Depositary of cash dividends paid in pounds sterling on the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs. Fluctuations may also affect the relative market prices of the ADSs in the United States and the Ordinary Shares in the United Kingdom.

        On June 15, 2004, the noon buying rate was $1.8278.

  B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

        Not Applicable.

  REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        Not Applicable.

 
  4  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

RISK FACTORS

        This section describes some of the risks that could affect our business. The risks below are not the only ones that we face – some risks are not yet known to us and some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material. All of these risks could materially affect our business, revenues, operating income, net income, net assets and liquidity and capital resources.

UBM is dependent on publishing advertising for a significant portion of revenue

        In 2003, approximately 34 per cent (2002: 36 per cent; 2001: 41 per cent) of revenue from continuing operations was derived from total advertising and 18 per cent (2002: 20 per cent; 2001: 25 per cent) of revenue from continuing operations was derived from high tech publishing advertising. In 2003, 66 per cent (2002: 64 per cent; 2001: 59 per cent) of revenue from continuing operations was derived from trade shows, market research and public relations revenues resulting from marketing spending by our customers. Traditionally, spending by companies on advertising and other marketing activities has been cyclical, with companies spending significantly less on advertising in times of economic slowdown or recession although historically these periods have tended to be relatively short-lived with the markets returning to their longer term growth rates after the downturns. An economic slowdown or recession may adversely affect revenues from high tech publishing in the United States and advertising generally.

UBM operates in a highly competitive environment that is subject to rapid change and must continue to invest and adapt to remain competitive

        Our professional media, news distribution and market research businesses operate in highly competitive markets. These markets continue to change in response to technological innovations and other factors. We cannot predict with certainty the changes that may occur and affect the competitiveness of the business. In particular, the means of delivering products and services may be subject to rapid technological change. Although we have undertaken several initiatives to adapt to and benefit from these changes, we cannot predict whether technological innovations will, in the future, make some of the products or services, particularly those printed in traditional formats, wholly or partially obsolete. If this were to occur, we may be required to invest significant resources to further adapt to the changing competitive environment.

Consolidation in the markets in which we operate could potentially place us at a competitive disadvantage

        Some of the markets in which we operate have experienced significant consolidation. In particular, the combinations of traditional media content companies and new media distribution companies have resulted in new valuation methods, business models and strategies. We cannot predict with certainty the extent to which these types of business combinations may occur or the success that they may achieve. Although we currently have strong positions in each of our market segments, these combinations could adversely affect our results by potentially placing us at a competitive disadvantage with respect to scale, resources and our ability to develop and exploit new media technologies.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may affect our reported results

        Our financial statements are expressed in pounds sterling and are, therefore, subject to movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of businesses whose operational currencies are other than our reporting currency. The United States is our most important market and accordingly significant fluctuations in U.S. dollar/sterling exchange rates could significantly affect our reported results from year to year.

 
  5  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

We may not be able to retain or attract the key management personnel required to implement and execute our strategic plans

        We operate in a number of industry segments where there is intense competition for experienced and highly qualified individuals. The implementation and execution of our strategic plans depend on the availability of high quality management resources across all our businesses. We cannot predict that in the future such resources will be available although we place significant emphasis on the development and retention of management talent and succession planning.

Our effective tax rates may increase in the future, which would adversely affect our operating results

        We operate in multiple jurisdictions and our operating profits are taxed pursuant to the tax laws of these jurisdictions. If our effective tax rate increases in a future period, our operating results in general will be adversely impacted, and specifically our net income and earnings per ADS and per Ordinary Share, will decrease. Our effective tax rate may be affected by changes in, or interpretations of, tax laws in any given jurisdiction, utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards, changes in geographical allocation of income and expense, and changes in our management’s assessment of matters such as the realizability of deferred tax assets. In the past, we have experienced substantial fluctuation in our effective income tax rate. Our effective income tax rates in a given fiscal year reflect a variety of factors that may not be present in the succeeding fiscal year or years. As a result, our effective income tax rate may increase in future periods.

Our future tax payments may exceed recorded liabilities

        While the Group’s taxation creditor of £308.5 million represents, in management’s opinion, a prudent assessment of the potential tax liability for prior tax years across different geographical areas, we have necessarily made judgments as to the outcome of matters not yet concluded with Revenue authorities.

Our strategy calls for acquisitions in a number of our core businesses and, therefore, we face the risks and uncertainties typical of acquisitions

        We have identified and are implementing a strategy designed to make us a world-class market information business. Our objective is to build market leading positions in long-term growth markets. We intend to continue to pursue our strategy of extending our market leadership and will seek ways to push forward our competitive position in the market through organic development and acquisition. Accordingly, our growth strategy depends in part on the availability of suitable acquisition candidates, on the obtaining of regulatory approval and on our skills in assimilating acquired companies into the Group structure. A lack of suitable acquisition candidates or regulatory hurdles may impede our growth strategy. In addition, potential difficulties inherent in mergers and acquisitions, such as delays in implementation or unexpected costs or liabilities, as well as the risk of not realizing operating benefits or synergies from completed transactions, may adversely affect the results of an acquisition.

CMP Asia’s exhibitions business may be adversely affected by any future Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (“SARS”) or other flu outbreaks.

        CMP Asia’s exhibitions business represented approximately 78 per cent of CMP Asia’s revenue and 5 per cent of the Group’s revenue in 2003. There may be an adverse effect on CMP Asia’s exhibitions business as a result of reduced attendance at public gatherings in Asia or as a result of government recommendations or regulation arising from any future SARS or other flu outbreaks.

 
  6  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

The cost of providing pension benefits to eligible existing and former employees is subject to changes in pension fund values and changing demographics, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

        UBM operates a number of pension plans which provide defined benefits. While the United Kingdom plan is closed to new employees, the United States plan, which has some of the features of a defined benefits plan, continues and the cost of providing these benefits to eligible existing and former employees is subject to changes in pension fund values and changing demographics, including longer life expectancy of beneficiaries. We believe that sustained declines in equity markets and reductions in bond yields have and may continue to have a material adverse effect on the value of our pension funds. We may therefore be required to recognize additional charges to our profit and loss account to the extent that the pension fund values are less than the total anticipated liability under the plans.

UBM has been involved in a high level of disposal activity in the past and therefore is exposed to possible warranties and liabilities relating to this activity.

        The Group has divested its interests in certain companies and businesses and may divest additional interests in the future. Various indemnifications, representations and warranties have been given with respect to the businesses of the divested companies at the time of their disposal, and other obligations or liabilities may exist or arise in the future associated with such divestments. Whilst management believes that sufficient provision has been made to meet possible claims, there is a risk that further charges might arise for which no provisions are currently held.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

        A.  HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

        United Business Media plc, known until December 15, 2000 as United News & Media plc, was incorporated in 1918 under the laws of England and Wales as a public limited company. UBM is one of the leading market information companies in the world based on market share, with its three core business areas, Market Research, News Distribution and Professional Media offering a comprehensive range of market information services. UBM operates primarily in the United States and the United Kingdom but also has business interests in the rest of Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America. UBM’s primary business is the provision of professional media and market information solutions to its customers, utilizing the strength of its leading businesses — NOP World (market research), PR Newswire and CMP Media (a technology and health care publisher). UBM also has consumer and business to business publishing interests, including classified advertising periodicals, and retains a number of broadcast investments including a 35.37 per cent stake in Channel 5 Television Group Limited (also known as “five”), a U.K. television broadcaster, 20 per cent in Independent Television News Limited (“ITN”), 33.05 per cent in SDN Limited and 20 per cent in Satellite Information Systems (“SIS”). UBM’s principal operations are located in London and New York. UBM’s principal executive offices are located at Ludgate House, 245 Blackfriars Road, London SE1 9UY, United Kingdom (telephone: 44 20 7921 5000). Our agent in the United States for service and process is The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, 22nd Floor — West, New York, NY 10286, USA.

Background and History

        In 1996, United News and Media plc merged with MAI plc (“MAI”). The merger combined

 
  7  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

the core activities of UBM’s consumer and business publishing, exhibitions and media services with MAI’s interests in television broadcasting, financial services and market research. Over the three years following the completion of this merger, we undertook a number of steps to focus the Group’s activities. This resulted in the disposal of a number of non-core businesses, as well as a number of key acquisitions and investments to expand our market position in growth areas, including the launch and subsequent increased investment in five, the acquisition of the Blenheim exhibitions group in 1996 and the acquisition of CMP Media, a major U.S. high tech publisher, in 1999.

Recent Acquisitions and Disposals

        The sale of the Group’s television business (including our three ITV licenses, Meridian, Anglia and HTV but excluding our retained broadcast investments) to Granada Media in December 2000 realized cash proceeds of £1.75 billion. On December 14, 2000, we announced we intended to return £1.25 billion of these proceeds to shareholders in a timely manner. The mechanism for returning this cash to shareholders was via a capital reorganization effective April 23, 2001. On that date 29 new Ordinary Shares and 44 Class B Shares were issued for every 44 existing Ordinary Shares. U.K. shareholders had the option to sell the Class B shares for 245 pence per share, to receive a dividend of 245 pence per Class B share and have the Class B shares converted into unlisted Deferred Shares, or to retain the Class B Shares and receive a continuing dividend linked to LIBOR. The Company has indicated it will periodically offer to repurchase Class B Shares at 245p per share.

        See notes 9 and 23 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on the Capital Reorganization, the Class B shares and the Deferred Shares.

        Since the disposal of the television business in 2000, UBM has focused on its core activities of market information and business-to-business media with the financial flexibility and management resources to build a world-class market information business and to pursue the strategy of extending market leadership through organic development and acquisition. During 2001, in Market Research we acquired Allison-Fisher International, Inc. (“AFI”), a U.S. market research company specializing in the automotive industry and Roper Starch Worldwide LLC (“Roper Starch”), a U.S. market research company; in News Distribution we acquired Cyperus SA, a French corporate communications company and 50 per cent of the Dutch national news agency’s news release distribution division, ANPSS; and in Professional Media we acquired Kenko Sangyo Shimbun Inc. (“KSS”), a Japanese exhibition and publishing group.

        As a result of the reduced significance of the online activities of the Group, continuing online activities are no longer managed separately but have been re-integrated with the principal business lines. We disposed of Springboard Internet Services Ltd. (“LineOne”), the 50:50 joint venture between UBM and British Telecommunications plc, we had acquired in 1999 to Tiscali S.p.A in 2001 for a total of £22.4 million. In 2001, we also disposed of or closed U.K. online business-to-business and business-to-consumer activities.

        We benchmark investments against our cost of capital, estimated to be 8 per cent, and returning value to our shareholders. As a consequence of these strict financial criteria and decreasing values, we did not complete any acquisitions in 2002.

        In 2003, a number of opportunities were assessed as meeting the same tough financial and strategic criteria and consequently UBM invested £129.9 million in new businesses. In Professional Media we acquired the Interior Design Handbook, an interior design directory; This Caring Business, the market leading care homes publication; The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing, companies specialising in the oncology publication and education market; Aprovia UK which owns both The Builder Group, a U.K. construction publisher and event organizer, and Barbour Index, an information

 
  8  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

services provider to professionals in the U.K. construction and health and safety sectors; and the 50 per cent shareholding not already owned by the Group in Property Media Limited, a U.K. construction and design publisher. In Market Research we acquired Eurisko, an Italian market research company.

Cost Restructuring

        Since 2000, a priority for the Group has been restructuring our cost base in order to protect profit against the severe market downturn. The restructuring has involved headcount reductions of over 2,600 staff and vacant space reduction as well as other business process reengineering programs. Over the past three years we have reduced the cost base by over 30 per cent, securing £210 million in annualized cost reductions measured against 2000, at constant exchange rates.

Capital Expenditure

        In 2001, capital expenditure for the continuing businesses amounted to £31.7 million, largely relating to IT investment within the Market Research business.

        In 2002, capital expenditure for continuing businesses amounted to £10.9 million, largely relating to IT investment on the Global Media Database within the News Distribution business. This was significantly below previous years and reflected the tight control of all aspects of expenditure, coupled with increased emphasis on organic expenditure, where the investment was primarily in people and was consequently expensed rather than capitalized.

        In 2003, capital expenditure related to IT investment across the divisions and amounted to £6.9 million.

        See “Item 5.B. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further discussion on capital expenditures.

        B.  BUSINESS OVERVIEW

        UBM is one of the leading market information companies in the world, with its three primary businesses, Professional Media, News Distribution and Market Research, offering a comprehensive range of market information services. The primary business units are:

     Professional Media, which includes CMP Media, the largest business-to-business publisher in the U.S. high tech sector with, in 2003, a share of the market in which it operates in approximately twice that of its nearest competitor (based on “IMS/Auditor” statistics). Also included are CMP Information and CMP Asia, publishing and exhibitions businesses in Europe and Asia Pacific, respectively, and United Advertising Publications plc (“UAP”) which has a portfolio of consumer and business to business titles including Exchange & Mart and Dalton’s Weekly in the United Kingdom.

    News Distribution, which includes PR Newswire, one of the world’s leading electronic distributors of corporate news with over 40,000 customers worldwide including over 50 per cent of U.S. Fortune 500 companies.

     Market Research, which comprises NOP World, a top ten market research businesses (according to “Honomichl Top 25”, “Inside Research”, August 2003), with strong positions in several key sectors of the market including media, healthcare, automotive, business-to-business and consumer sectors.

 
  9  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

        See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for details of revenue and operating income/loss by category of business activity and geographic market.

Professional Media

        Professional Media, comprising CMP Media (including Continuing Medical Education (“CME”), the specialist U.S. healthcare business), CMP Information (“CMPi”), CMP Asia and UAP, is UBM’s largest sub-division. Geographically, Professional Media covers the major developed markets of the United States, the United Kingdom and Europe, as well as developing markets in Asia. Professional Media’s two major activities are publishing and trade shows and conferences. CMP Media’s 31 main publications reach 3.2 million subscribers.

        During 2000, Professional Media was restructured to focus management effort and financial resources on markets where the business had the strongest position and leading brands, for example, CMP Media concentrating on the long term growth markets of high-tech and healthcare.

        CMP Media is the leading integrated media company providing essential information and marketing services to the entire technology spectrum – the builders, sellers and users of technology worldwide. Capitalizing on its editorial strength, CMP is uniquely positioned to offer marketers comprehensive, integrated media solutions tailored to meet their individual needs.  Its diverse products and services include newspapers, magazines, Internet products, research, direct marketing services, education and training, trade shows and conferences, and custom publishing.      

        In 2001, to augment its leading market position, CMP Media acquired ENEN, a seminar and web cast business broadcasting news and product information to over 485,000 design engineers in 79 countries. ENEN was rebranded and launched as NetSeminar Services in 2002. It also launched Optimize in late 2001, a new monthly high-tech strategy magazine and in 2002 launched the Institute of Partner Education & Development, a specialist training business to help technology businesses to understand and sell product through the channel and a new event, the Communications Design Conference. CMP Media’s market leading positions in healthcare were strengthened in Psychiatry, Oncology and General Consulting by the 2003 acquisition of The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing.

        Based on “IMS/Auditor” statistics, for the year ended December 31, 2003, CMP Media’s market share — by ad page volume of the business information technology market — was 28.9 per cent (2002: 27.4 per cent; 2001: 24.9 per cent) and its nearest competitor had an overall share of 12.8 per cent (2002: 11.6 per cent; 2001: 10.0 per cent). Electronic Buyers News was closed during December 2003, this will reduce CMP Media’s market share of ad pages by approximately two to three per cent – still well ahead of its nearest competitor. A new repositioned electronics industry title was launched in April 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2003, CMP Media’s share was greater than the combined market share of the second, third and fourth placed companies in the business-to-business market. Capitalizing on its editorial strength, it is well positioned to offer integrated media solutions, tailored to meet the needs of its customers. CMP Media’s products include newspapers, magazines, Internet products, research, direct marketing services, education and training, trade shows and conferences, custom publishing and consulting.

        In the United States, CMP Media’s high tech portfolio includes leading publications in the Enterprise and Network, Electronics, Applied and Software and Technology Solutions sectors (technology consultants and resellers). This includes many of the most important names in computing and electronics print publishing, such as, Information Week, CRN, Network Computing, Network Magazine, VARBusiness, Dr Dobbs Journal and Electronic Engineering Times.

 
  10  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

        CMP Healthcare Group, which includes CME, is one of the leading for profit providers of continuing medical education in the United States offering psychiatrists, primary care physicians, nurses, pharmacists and other allied healthcare professionals the opportunity to earn continuing education credits as required by their respective licensing boards.

        In 2002, within the Healthcare division, ‘Med Reach’ was launched for pharmaceutical companies organizing promotional events.

        In 2003, our market leading positions in the healthcare markets of Psychiatry, Oncology and General Consulting were strengthened by the acquisition of The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing.

        CMP Information (“CMPi”) operates integrated portfolios of traditional and online media across a number of markets including healthcare, property, entertainment, travel, agriculture and print sectors. Its major brands include Pulse, Travel Trade Gazette, Music Week, Guitar Player, International Confex and ACPO. CMPi has its headquarters in the United Kingdom and additional operations in the United States and the rest of Europe. During 2003, CMP Europe operated as an integrated part of CMP Information.

        During 2002, CMPi continued its restructuring of the business to improve efficiency and processing, as part of an overall drive to increase operating profit margins despite the decline in revenues experienced. In addition, 2002 saw the successful running of the National Flooring Show following its acquisition in 2001; the launch of Intra at the start of the year, a monthly publication aimed at the U.K. architects and interior design market; and the launch of three new exhibition extensions: Ifsec Shanghai, extending CMPi’s successful security show to the Chinese market; Firex South, aimed at the U.K. fire prevention market and the Convention of Pharmaceutical Ingredients Japan. New products in 2003 include FiSH, the Food and Hygiene exhibition and Audiotrax.

        In addition to these organic initiatives, CMP Information is also expanding its business by acquisition. In April 2003, it significantly strengthened its presence in the U.K. construction market by buying out its joint venture partner to become 100 per cent owner of Property Media Limited. Property Media owns Property Week and five market leading events. In May 2003, Interior Design Handbook, an interior design directory was acquired. In addition, in July 2003, CMPi acquired Aprovia UK which owns The Builder Group, a U.K. construction publisher and event organizer and Barbour Index, an information services provider to professionals in the U.K. construction and health and safety sectors. CMPi now covers a wide spectrum within the property and building market; titles include Building Design, What’s New in Building, Glass Age, Tile UK, and Intra.

        CMP Asia is one of the largest non-governmental organizers of trade fairs in Asia and a provider of business information through its publications and websites. CMP Asia is headquartered in Hong Kong and operates in 11 major cities in Asia and the United States. It has over 70 international trade fairs and conferences, 17 publications and a targeted portfolio of business-to-business websites. It operates in 13 market sectors. Its portfolio of fairs include Hong Kong Jewellery & Watch Fair, Furniture China, Asia Pacific Leather Fair, Seatrade Cruise Shipping Convention, and Cosmoprof Asia, each being the largest of its kind in Asia. CMP Asia continues to expand, through the growth of its existing events and publications, by launching new products and by acquisition.

        Consistent with CMP Asia’s strategy to grow its business throughout Asia, KSS, a Japanese exhibition and publishing company, specializing in the natural health care and health food ingredients markets, was acquired in 2001 and merged with CMP Japan. A series of successful new launches followed, including, in 2003, a new fair and publication both titled Diet & Beauty.

 
  11  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

        Alongside the development of its media business in Japan, CMP Asia is also continuously planning and launching new products. For 2002, CMP Asia introduced a number of new events including the Asia Merchandise Fair in Bangkok, Convention of Pharmaceutical Ingredients in Japan and the Matech Leather Fair in China. In 2003 and 2004, jewellery trade fairs in mainland China, a furniture fair and a footwear fair in Shanghai were launched.

        United Advertising Publications plc (“UAP”) is based in the United Kingdom and incorporates a portfolio of all-advertising consumer and business-to-business titles, distributed through the news trade and by controlled circulation. Its main brands include Exchange & Mart, Dalton’s Weekly and Auto Exchange and a range of other titles including Industrial Exchange & Mart, The Trader and Opportunities. The Newstrade periodicals are weekly, tri-weekly, monthly and annually. Free pick-up titles are published in major metropolitan areas, and are distributed by a third party contractor through gas stations and supermarkets.

        Investment in new projects continued and in 2002 included the completion of the Daltonsbusiness.com website and the development of Exchange & Mart content for publication in Auto Exchange titles. 2003 saw the acquisition of This Caring Business, the market leading care homes publication, and the completion of the Daltonsholidays.com web site.

        Certain of the Group’s investments, which were previously classified as associated undertakings and joint ventures, were reclassified as fixed asset investments under U.K. GAAP with effect from January 1, 2001. Following the disposal of UBM’s broadcasting businesses during 2000, the nature of the Group’s commercial relationships, its board representation, and consequently, its level of influence has changed in respect of businesses that were formerly managed within the broadcasting division. These businesses comprise Channel 5 Television Group Limited (35.37 per cent stake), Independent Television News Limited (20 per cent stake) and SDN Limited (33.05 per cent stake). The Group’s investment in SIS (Holdings) Limited (20 per cent stake) was reclassified to fixed asset investments during 2000. UBM does not consider that these investments are core to its ongoing activities.

News Distribution

        PR Newswire is one of the world’s leading providers, based on market share, of communications services, including the electronic distribution of news releases and images on behalf of over 40,000 customers. It was established in 1954 and is a primary vehicle for complying with the disclosure of price-sensitive information to the U.S. market. Today several thousand U.S. public companies and over 50 per cent of the U.S. Fortune 500 companies are customers of PR Newswire.

        PR Newswire’s services, primarily used by public relations and investor relations professionals at corporations, agencies and institutions, range from information distribution and market intelligence to the creation of broadcast and online multimedia content. Its dedicated newswire, Internet, satellite and fax network is capable of immediate pinpoint or mass distribution of news releases, video, audio and photos, satisfying the growing global demand for the immediate delivery of information to the media, investors and consumers worldwide. PR Newswire reaches thousands of media points, one million equities terminals and millions of individual investors and other consumers.

        In January 2000, the acquisition of eWatch, an internet monitoring service, strengthened the business’s innovative portfolio of media intelligence products. This portfolio, which includes ProfNet and Online MEDIAtlas, has benefited from a number of product enhancements over the last three years. These products provide an important service to public relations and investor relations professionals who demand increasingly sophisticated tools to better target their messages and measure the effectiveness of

 
  12  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

their communications programs.

        In December 2000, PR Newswire made an investment in the Xinhua Financial News Network, one of the most comprehensive providers of real-time financial news and market data in China. In November 2002, PR Newswire made an additional investment and created Xinhua PR Newswire, a specially designed service that allows Chinese corporations to send full text corporate announcements through specifically developed channels to target key media and investment outlets internationally. These channels include newspaper, radio and television outlets as well as over 3,000 global news portals. The investment broadens avenues of communications into the rapidly expanding Chinese economy and now provides business entities there with access to over one million analysts, brokers and journalists through PR Newswire’s networks.

        In 2001, PR Newswire continued to extend its geographical presence into new markets and territories to build its global capability, acquiring companies with strong local brands and intimate market knowledge. In August 2001, a new subsidiary bureau was started in Argentina, adding a further presence in the Latin American region following the joint venture in Brazil started in 2000. This expansion makes a total of 41 bureaux operating in 14 countries and reaching 135 countries in 30 languages.

        In November 2001, PR Newswire entered into a strategic alliance with Thomson Financial to introduce co-branded products, utilizing Thomson’s First Call Network reaching 800 brokerage firms and 45,000 desktops worldwide. An agreement was also reached with Palm, Inc, to distribute branded full text news releases, using wireless technology, to all new series Palm Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs). This service is available to existing PDAs via a download site. A similar service was launched with GoAmerica later in 2002.

        Early in 2002, PR Newswire also developed ReleaseWatch, a supplementary service to eWatch to allow professional communicators to track and monitor distribution of their press releases online following their issue.

        In 2002, the business also launched in the United Kingdom and the United States, the Online Media Atlas, the world’s largest global online database of over 464,000 journalists at 144,000 media outlets in 172 countries enabling communication professionals to pinpoint the right media for their PR activities. The French, German and Spanish versions were also launched during the year.

        In May 2002 PR Newswire launched MultiVu™ a service which provides broadcast and multimedia production and global distribution services to companies worldwide who seek to reach the media, financial community and general public with their visual messages. Today, among chief competitors in the space, MultiVu™ is the fastest growing Broadcast PR service in the United States.

        PR Newswire Europe (“PRNE”) was established in 1998. The acquisitions of Two-Ten Communications and NEWSdesk and their integration with PR Newswire International into PRNE have created one of the leading providers of communications support services in Europe specializing in high-speed information distribution to the media and financial markets. With the end of the Regulatory News Service monopoly in April 2002, the business launched a United Kingdom regulatory news distribution service called Disclose.

        In March 2001, PRNE acquired Cyperus, the leading company in the French and Spanish high tech corporate communications market and in July 2001, PRNE took a 50 per cent stake in the press release distribution arm of the Dutch national press agency, ANPSS.

 
  13  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

Market Research

        A major restructuring program is underway to improve margins, to focus the business around its core sector strengths, automotive, healthcare, financial, business and technology and consumer and retail, and to introduce global account management. The following divisional commentary is based on the historical structure.

NOP World comprises:

        NOP Research Group Ltd. (“NOP (U.K.)”) in the United Kingdom. This is one of the United Kingdom’s largest ad-hoc research agencies providing custom and syndicated market research. NOP (U.K.) comprises a central data gathering and processing division and specialist units, each with an in-depth understanding of a particular client sector. NOP (U.K.)’s customers are largely blue-chip clients across a broad range of sectors, including automotive, financial, healthcare, IT and telecommunications.

        Eurisko — NOP acquired a leading position in the Italian market through the purchase of Eurisko in December 2003, providing a platform to export its products throughout Europe and in “Sinottica”, a leading consumer segmentation product, secures a major new syndicated product which complements NOP World’s sector strengths.

        RoperASW LLC (United States) is a leading full service firm offering custom and syndicated market research across a variety of sectors including commercial, technological, financial, governmental and academic, in the United States and internationally. Following on from its successful launch in 2002 of LifeMatrix, a sophisticated segmentation system which combines brand, product and media strategy, RoperASW launched in 2003 its “Influentials” suite of products, which enables companies to define and target their word-of-mouth marketing strategies to the consumers that are proven to be the most influential in their local communities.

        Market Measures Cozint (“MMC”) serves the pharmaceutical and healthcare sectors by offering a unique combination of high-value multi-client and custom projects to support a full range of critical applications—from market assessment, concept testing and product tracking to sales force optimization, promotional evaluation and direct-to-consumer (DTC) research.

        Strategic Marketing Corporation (“SMC”), is one of the leading market research companies serving the pharmaceutical and healthcare sectors in the United States, Europe and Asia.

        Mediamark Research Inc. (“MRI”) is one of the leading providers of print media research in the U.S. market, providing information to magazines, TV, radio, internet and other media, leading national advertisers and over 450 advertising agencies, including 90 of the top 100 in the U.S.

        Allison-Fisher (“AFI”) in the United States is a leading supplier of pre-purchase syndicated research to the automotive industry. After launching its automotive intentions study in Europe in 2002, AFI successfully extended its product suite into Canada and Mexico in 2003.

Competition

        UBM’s business-to-business magazines and events, published or undertaken by CMP Media, compete directly with comparable publications and events in their respective fields in the United States, Europe and Asia, as well as with other media, such as newspapers, television and radio.

        PR Newswire, a leading global distributor of corporate news to the media and financial community, competes with a growing number of other electronic news release distribution services in the United States and elsewhere, as well as with other forms of news release delivery, such as mail and

 
  14  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

courier, and competitors in the Internet monitoring, broadcast services, web cast services and IR web page fields.

        In both the United Kingdom and the United States, UBM’s advertising periodicals compete with regional newspapers and other advertising periodicals. Most of UBM’s advertising periodicals are leaders in their specialist fields. UAP is the principal U.K. publisher of national advertising periodicals, and its main title, Exchange & Mart, is the United Kingdom’s major national weekly all-advertising periodical (Audit Bureau of Circulations Ltd, February 13, 2003).

Raw Materials

        The basic raw material of advertising periodicals is newsprint. During 2003, UBM’s continuing operations purchased approximately 8,156 metric tons (tonnes) (2002: 11,671 metric tons; 2001: 9,786 metric tons) of newsprint from a number of producers principally in the United Kingdom, Scandinavia and Canada that it furnished to independent printers producing its advertising publications.

        The basic raw material of magazines is coated and non-coated paper. During 2003, UBM purchased approximately 20,546 metric tons (2002: 19,342 metric tons; 2001: 26,834 metric tons) of paper, most of which was furnished to independent printers producing its magazines.

        From 2001 to 2003, there were no significant impacts arising from price fluctuations.

        C.  ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Principal Subsidiaries

        The following information relates to those subsidiary undertakings whose operations are considered to be significant to the Group.

Country of incorporation and
operation
     Percentage interest and voting
rights at December 31, 2003
Professional Media    
CMP Asia Ltd Hong Kong   100
CMP Europe Ltd Great Britain   100
CMP Information Ltd Great Britain   100
CMPi Group Ltd (formerly Aprovia (UK) Ltd) Great Britain   100
CMP Media, LLC United States   100
Expoconsult B.V Netherlands   100
United Advertising Publications plc Great Britain   100
United Entertainment Media, Inc. United States   100
News Distribution
PR Newswire Association, Inc. United States   100
PR Newswire Europe Ltd Great Britain   100
Market Research
Allison-Fisher International LLC United States   100
Eurisko S.p.A Italy   100
Market Measures/Cozint L.P United States   100
Mediamark Research, Inc. United States   100
NOP Research Group Ltd Great Britain   100
NOP World Strategic Marketing L.P United States   100
RoperASW LLC United States   100
 
Head office
United Business Media Finance, Inc. United States   100
United Business Media Group Ltd Great Britain   100
United Business Media (Jersey) Ltd Jersey   100
United Finance Ltd Great Britain   100

 
  15  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        All companies stated as being incorporated in Great Britain are registered in England and Wales. None of the above subsidiaries are held directly by the Company, with the exception of United Business Media (Jersey) Ltd.

        D.   PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

        UBM leases a 173,000 square feet premise in London, England for use as its U.K. headquarters. UBM also leases around 200 properties worldwide, primarily in the United Kingdom (68) and the United States.

        UBM owns a number of properties in the United Kingdom, the most significant of which is an office building of 34,400 square feet in Tonbridge, Kent.

        All of the properties owned and leased by UBM are suitable for their respective purposes and are in good operating condition. There are no plans to significantly change the facilities utilized by the Group.

        Since 2000, primarily as a result of the downturn in the U.S. market, UBM has undertaken a cost reduction and reorganization program involving Group redundancies of over 2,600 staff. As a result of the reduced staff and property requirements, provision has been made for vacant space and onerous leases covering approximately 445,500 square feet in the United States and 224,000 square feet in the United Kingdom.

Environmental policy

        The group does not operate in an area of high environmental risk. Its principal environmental impact arises from energy consumption, which the company continues to monitor and to set reduction targets where practicable. There are continuing programs in place to increase awareness of energy consumption issues among the group’s employees and to encourage reductions in energy usage where practicable. The group also seeks to reduce the impact of paper usage by increasing use of online publication and electronic data collection, and waste recycling programs.

        The company operates other appropriate environmental initiatives such as waste recycling. The company’s environmental policy, as summarized below is published on its website, which itself is not intended to be part of this Annual Report.

Environmental policy and objectives

As a leading market information company we recognize that we have a role to play in ensuring that we manage our environmental impacts. We also recognize that we have a role to play in communicating good environmental practice outside our company.

Our environmental policy is based on four goals:  

1.

We will seek to integrate the identification and management of environmental issues within our every-day business practices;

2.

We will give full consideration to the management of our key environmental impacts;

3.

We will strive to ensure that environmental improvements go hand-in-hand with reduced costs and increased efficiency; and

4.

Where appropriate, we will use our position as a leading market information company/organization to promote good environmental practice through our products and services.

 
  16  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Objectives 

In fulfilling our environmental policy we have set ourselves the following objectives:  

1. To ensure that we identify and communicate good environmental practice throughout United’s business;
2. To regularly review our policy regarding the use of recycled paper within our businesses; and
3.

To identify and monitor our energy usage with a view to setting reduction targets.


ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

        A.     OPERATING RESULTS

        This section should be read in conjunction with UBM’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. UBM’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.K. GAAP which differ in significant respects from U.S GAAP. Reference should be made to the “Summary of Differences Between U.K. GAAP and U.S. GAAP” in note 34 to our consolidated financial statements for reconciliations to U.S. GAAP for net income, shareholders’ equity and certain other financial data.

General

        UBM is one of the leading market information companies in the world, with its three primary businesses, Professional Media, News Distribution and Market Research offering a comprehensive range of business information services. UBM operates primarily in the United States and United Kingdom, but also has business interests in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America.

        In 2003, improved results have been achieved through significant operating margin gains on the previous year. 2003 also saw gradually improving revenues throughout the year (although full year revenues were down on the previous year). After a slow first half, revenues in the second half grew by 5.8 per cent over the same period in the previous year. In the United States, CMP Media healthcare revenues were up for the full year and in the second half of 2003 continuing technology revenues matched the same period in the previous year for the first time in three years. The productivity and cost gains achieved through the transformation of our business model over the last two years boosted United’s 2003 operating margin to 13.3 per cent – well ahead of our published target of 10 per cent, compared with 8.2 per cent in 2002.

        Where different from last year, key market shares and yields improved. Increased investment in new products and in carefully targeted acquisitions is making a growing contribution to revenue and profit. During the year, six acquisitions with a total price of £129.9 million strengthened our core healthcare, construction publishing and market research businesses.

Sources of Revenue

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, the United States and the United Kingdom represented UBM’s two largest markets, accounting for 90 per cent (2002: 91 per cent; 2001: 92 per cent) of revenue. The United States accounted for 60 per cent and the United Kingdom accounted for 30 per cent in 2003.

        UBM’s advertising revenues represent approximately 34 per cent (2002: 36 per cent; 2001: 41

 
  17  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

per cent) of revenue from continuing businesses for the year ended December 31, 2003 with 17.9 per cent (2002: 20 per cent; 2001: 25 per cent) of revenue from continuing businesses being derived from high-tech publishing advertising. UBM is therefore exposed to the risk of a reduction in advertising spending resulting from an economic downturn particularly in the U.S. and U.K. markets. This risk is somewhat reduced however due to the diversification of UBM’s advertising and marketing revenues in terms of products and geographical distribution.

        In addition to advertising revenues, approximately 66 per cent (2002: 64 per cent; 2001: 59 per cent) of UBM’s revenue from continuing businesses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were derived from trade shows, market research and public relations revenues resulting from marketing spending by UBM’s customers, which may also be affected by economic downturns. Trade show receipts are collected up to twelve months in advance as exhibitors normally sign up for their next trade show at the current show and hence this sector may lag the general economic cycle. This non-advertising revenue includes that derived from newswire distribution, which is not directly dependent on advertising and marketing budgets.

In addition to external acquisitions, UBM seeks to develop the business through internal development of new products and markets which are collectively referred to as “organic initiatives” in the following discussion.

Cost Restructuring

        Over the past three years, primarily as a result of the downturn in the United States market, UBM has undertaken a cost reduction and reorganization program involving Group redundancies of over 2,600 staff, vacant space reductions and other business process reengineering programs. Over the past three years we have reduced the cost base by over 30 per cent, securing £210 million in annualized cost reductions measured against 2000, at constant exchange rates. As a result of the reduced staff and property requirements, provisions have been made for vacant space and onerous leases. The Group continues to restructure the business to improve efficiency and processing in order to maintain margins.

Currency

        UBM’s exposure to currency fluctuations results mostly from the translation of the financial statements of its non-U.K. subsidiaries, particularly its U.S. subsidiaries, into pounds sterling. The pound sterling strengthened during 2002 and 2003 resulting in a negative impact on reported income compared to 2001. UBM’s current estimated translation sensitivity to fluctuations of the pound sterling is such that it records losses or gains of approximately £0.4 million of operating income when the pound sterling appreciates or depreciates by 1 per cent on average against all of the currencies in which its subsidiaries record income.

        As most of UBM’s businesses incur costs and generate revenues in their domestic currencies, UBM’s transaction exposure has historically been limited to less than £100 million annually. UBM’s policy is to hedge its net transaction exposures through its central treasury department. See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The accounting policies of the Group under U.K. GAAP are described in “Group Accounting Policies” in our consolidated financial statements. The most critical accounting policies in determining the financial condition and results of the Group and those requiring the most subjective or complex judgments relate to the valuation and amortization of goodwill and intangible assets, accounting for investments, accounting for pensions and deferred taxation.

 
  18  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        In accordance with, UK Financial Reporting Standard (“FRS”) 11, “Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill” (“FRS 11”), purchased goodwill is capitalized as an intangible asset and amortized through the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. The estimated useful life is determined based on the nature, age and stability of the industry in which the business operates, and generally is a period of between five and twenty years for U.K. GAAP. Impairment reviews are carried out at the end of the first full financial year after acquisition and on the occurrence of any event or change in circumstances indicating that there may have been a decline in the carrying value or change in useful life. Where a business is sold, or where goodwill is considered to have been impaired, the net book value of goodwill or the amount of impaired goodwill, as applicable, is charged through the profit and loss account as part of the profit or loss on disposal or through operating profit in the year of impairment. Impairment results in goodwill being written down to its recoverable amount, which is determined to be the higher of value in use (the present value of expected future cash flows) and net realizable value. Value in use is determined at the level of income generating units. In 1998 in accordance with FRS 10 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, the Company reinstated previously written off goodwill net of accumulated amortization.

        In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), which was adopted on January 1, 2002, goodwill is not amortized under U.S. GAAP but is tested for impairment at least annually. Previously, under U.S. GAAP, goodwill had been capitalized and amortized over its estimated useful lives with a maximum of forty years. Impairment is triggered if goodwill and intangible assets are not recoverable by reference to their fair value, which UBM generally determines based on multiples or discounted cash flow approaches. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill and intangible assets exceeds their fair value. If an impairment loss is recognized the adjusted amount becomes the new cost base. Fair value is determined at the level of reporting units (as defined in SFAS 142 as the same level or one level below an operating segment, as defined by SFAS 131). Reporting units have been determined at the level where discrete financial information which is regularly reviewed by segment management exists. Businesses exhibiting similar economic characteristics have been combined as one reporting unit for the purposes of SFAS 142.

Pension plans and other post retirement benefits

        In November 2000, the ASB published FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits”. As under U.S. GAAP, plan assets and liabilities are determined by, respectively, market-related values at the date of the financial statements and by discounting plan obligations using a market derived discount factor. Under FRS 17 actuarial gains and losses are recognized in full in the balance sheet with movements recognized in the statement of total recognized gains and losses. This differs from U.S. GAAP, which does not require the full recognition of actuarial gains and losses, and also requires the amortization of actuarial gains and losses to be recognized in the profit and loss account. FRS 17 is required to be fully implemented in the 2005 financial year with disclosures of the impact required from 2001. In 2002, UBM elected to fully adopt FRS 17 in order to provide additional information to investors in this area of current market focus.

        Under U.K. GAAP, the cost of providing pension benefits may be calculated by the use of any actuarial method which is appropriate and whose assumptions reflect the long-term nature of the assets and liabilities involved. Under U.S. GAAP, the cost of providing these benefits is calculated in accordance with SFAS 87 which requires the use of the projected unit credit method and a discount rate (reflecting the rate of interest at which the pension liabilities could effectively be settled) that reflects current market rates. In 2003, the expected return on assets was £17.4 million while the actual return was £64.7 million. Under SFAS 87 this difference of £47.3 million will impact operating profit under

 
  19  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

U.S. GAAP over the future working life of the plans’ members. See note 31 to the consolidated financial statements for the main actuarial assumptions underlying the valuations.

Deferred tax

        In December 2000, the U.K. Accounting Standards Board (“ASB”) published FRS 19 “Deferred Tax” which requires deferred tax to be provided in full, except on timing differences arising where non-monetary assets are revalued and where there is no commitment to sell the asset and on the retained earnings of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates where there is no commitment to remit such earnings. FRS 19 was implemented in the 2002 financial year and did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized, having given consideration to the businesses in which the deferred tax assets arise and future forecasts which indicate that their recoverability is uncertain. Had these deferred tax assets been recognized, an asset of up to £84.1 million would exist in the Group balance sheet at December 31, 2003 (2002: £92.1 million; 2001: £102.3 million).

Accounting for investments

        Listed and unlisted investments are stated at the lower of cost and market value or directors’ valuation. Investments in companies where the Group both has a participating interest and exercises significant influence over the entity’s financial and operating policies (through board representation and participation in financial and operating policy decisions) are included as associates under the equity method of accounting. Similarly, investments in companies where the Group holds a long-term interest that arises as a result of a contractual arrangement and is jointly controlled by the Group and other ventures are included as joint ventures under the gross equity method of accounting.

        The decision to classify the Group’s investments as associated undertakings, joint ventures or fixed asset investments under U.K. GAAP is dependent upon a determination of the level of influence the Company has over these investees and therefore requires the exercise of judgment. Under U.S. GAAP an investor is required to account for any investment in an entity of between 20% and 50% under the equity method unless certain legal or other structural constraints are in place which preclude the ability of the investor to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of that entity. On this basis our investments in Channel 5 Television Group Limited (35.37% ownership), and certain other fixed asset investments are accounted for under the equity method in the U.S. GAAP reconciliation provided in note 34 to our consolidated financial statements.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

U.K. GAAP

Accounting for ESOP Trusts

        In December 2003, the ASB issued UITF Abstract No. 38 “Accounting for ESOP trusts” which supersedes UITF Abstract No. 13. UITF Abstract No. 38 changes the presentation of shares held in an ESOP trust from requiring them to be recognised as assets to requiring them to be deducted in arriving at shareholders’ funds. In addition the ASB issued related amendments to UITF Abstract No. 17 “Employee share schemes”. UITF Abstract No. 17 has been amended to reflect the consequences for the profit and loss account of the changes in the presentation of own shares held by an ESOP trust. Amended Abstract 17 requires that the minimum expense should be the difference between the fair value of the shares at the date of award and the amount that an employee may be required to pay for the shares (ie the “intrinsic value’ of the award). The expense was previously determined either as the intrinsic value or, where purchases of shares had been made by an ESOP

 
  20  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

trust at fair value, by reference to the cost or book value of shares that were available for the award. The new accounting requirements become mandatory for accounting periods ending on or after 22 June 2004. The Group intends to adopt UITF Abstract No. 38 and the amendments to UITF Abstract No. 17 from 1 January 2004. The Group has estimated that if the UITF Abstract No. 38 had been adopted as at 31 December 2003 its shareholders’ equity would have been reduced by £4.1 million. The impact of adopting amendments to UITF Abstract No. 17 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position or our results of operations in the future.

U.S. GAAP

Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

        In 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). This standard establishes guidance for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Most of the guidance in SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 or January 1, 2004. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or our results of operations.

Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables

        In January 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF 00-21, ‘Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables’. EITF 00-21 addresses the issues of how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. EITF 00-21 does not change otherwise applicable revenue recognition criteria. EITF 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

International Financial Reporting Standards

        The Council of the European Union announced in June 2002 that listed companies would adopt International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), formerly known as International Accounting Standards, from January 1, 2005. The adoption of IFRS will be first reflected in the group’s financial statements for the half year ending June 30, 2005 and the year ending December 31, 2005.

        In 2003 we commenced the process of investigating the differences between UK GAAP and IFRS in order to assess the impact the conversion to IFRS will have on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, our internal and external financial reporting, our accounting systems and procedures, treasury issues (such as debt covenants and risk management), our day-to-day business, and the training and education of our workforce. This assessment has resulted in a preliminary plan for conversion. We expect to finalize the conversion during 2004 to ensure the group will be ready to meet the conversion deadline and to present clearly the effects of this transition.

        It is a complex task to assess the differences between current accounting policies and IFRS, not least since many of the IFRS are themselves in the course of revision. It is clear that a number of accounting policies and some presentational aspects of the financial statements will change. The transition to IFRS could have a material impact on the Group’s financial position and reported results,

 
  21  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

however it is not possible to quantify the impact at this time. For UBM, the areas of impact from IAS/IFRS adoption are expected to be:

amortisation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;
joint ventures and associates;
pensions and post-retirement benefits;
share-based payments; and
disclosure and presentation of financial instruments.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards adopted in 2003

U.S. GAAP

Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections

        In April 2002, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standard No. 145 “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections”. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement has had no impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities

        In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 149”). The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in SFAS No. 133. In addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS No. 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements. With certain exceptions, SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The impact of adopting the standard has not had a material effect on our financial position or our results of operations in the future.

Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtednessof Others

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), ‘Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others’. FIN 45 requires a liability to be recognised at the time a company issues a guarantee for the fair value of the obligations assumed under certain guarantee agreements. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement of guarantee agreements are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement has had no impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, which requires a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary (“PB”). The PB is the party that absorbs a majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receives a majority of the expected residual returns.

 
  22  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        In December 2003, the FASB revised FIN 46 (“FIN 46-(R)”), delaying the effective date for certain entities created before February 1, 2003 and making other amendments to clarify the application of guidance. In adopting FIN 46 and in anticipation of adopting FIN 46-(R), the Group has evaluated its various variable interests to determine whether they are VIEs. These variable interests, which generally represent a modest interest relative to other investors in the ventures, are primarily related to the Group’s strategy to expand its presence in other territories or relate to residual investments from the group’s disposed broadcasting business. The process identified the following types of variable interests: a) loans to ventures; b) equity investments in ventures less than 50 per cent of the equity; c) other types of guarantees; and d) lease agreements.

        The process also identified an investment greater than 50 per cent. The Group holds a 70 per cent investment in a group of exhibition joint ventures know as CMP Sino Expo which is equity accounted due to substantive minority shareholder veto rights constituting a legal and structural constraint precluding the ability of UBM to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of that entity. EITF 96-16 defines such substantive minority shareholder veto rights and applies to investments in which the investor has a majority voting interest in investees, with the minority interest consisting of only one or a small number of other investors with certain approval or veto rights. FIN 46 allows an exemption from consolidation of a VIE where substantive minority shareholder veto rights, as defined by EITF 96-16, exist.

        The Group has adopted FIN 46 for entities created subsequent to February 1, 2003 as of December 31, 2003 and will adopt FIN 46-(R) for the year ending December 31, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not result in the consolidation of any VIEs, nor is the adoption of FIN 46-(R) expected to result in the consolidation of any VIEs.

 
  23  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding each area of UBM’s business and each geographical area.

Year Ended December 31
    2001
2002
2003
    £m   £m   £m  
Revenues by division              
Continuing operations:  
     CMP Media   348.2   238.2   208.0  
     CMP Asia   49.0   51.1   44.4  
     CMP Information   153.0   127.6   117.2  
     United Advertising Publications   57.4   58.1   57.8  



 
   Professional media   607.6   475.0   427.4  
   News distribution   128.0   105.4   94.8  
   Market research   194.9   213.0   202.8  



 
Continuing operations   930.5   793.4   725.0  



 
Acquisitions:  
         CMP Media       2.5  
         CMP Information       17.8  
         United Advertising Publications       0.3  



 
        Professional media       20.6  
        Market research       1.1  



 
Acquisitions       21.7  



 
Discontinued operations:  
     CMP Information   2.0      



 
Discontinued operations   2.0      



 
    932.5   793.4   746.7  



 
Revenues by geographic location:  
United Kingdom, Europe and Middle East   263.0   244.7   257.2  
North America   625.0   502.2   450.1  
Pacific   44.5   46.5   39.4  



 
    932.5   793.4   746.7  



 

        Discontinued operations in 2001 include U.K. online business to business and business to customer activities, which have been disposed of or closed.

        The amounts shown against “CMP Media” and “CMP Information” for 2002 and 2001 in the tables above have been restated to reflect the intra-group transfer of CMP Europe.

 
  24  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

  Year Ended December 31
  2001
2002
2003
  £m % of
Revenues(1)
£m % of
Revenues(1)
£m % of
Revenues(1)
Pre-exceptional operating income before            
amortization of intangible assets by division
Continuing operations:
     CMP Media (7.8 )   (6.8 )   14.6   7.0  
     CMP Asia 13.4   27.3   13.7   26.8   12.6   28.4  
     CMP Information 6.9   5.3   10.1   7.9   22.9   19.5  
     United Advertising Publications 9.4   16.4   12.7   21.8   13.9   24.0  


 
 
   Professional media 21.9   29.7 64.0
   News distribution 35.8   28.0   17.3   16.4   13.4   14.1  
   Market research 24.0   12.3   17.9   8.4   19.1   9.4  


 
 
  81.7 64.9 96.5


 
 
Acquisitions:
     CMP Media         0.2   8.0  
     CMP Information         2.4   13.5  
     United Advertising Publications         0.1   33.3  


 
 
   Professional media 2.7
   Market research         0.2   18.2  


 
 
Acquisitions 2.9


 
 
Discontinued operations:
     CMP Information (20. 1)          


 
 
  61.6 64.9 99.4


 
 
by geographic location:
United Kingdom, Europe and Middle East 4.9   21.7 37.8
North America 43.9   32.1 50.4
Pacific 12.8   11.1 11.2


 
 
  61.6 64.9 99.4


 
 

(1)

Pre-exceptional operating income before amortization of intangible assets as a percentage of net revenues.


        The amounts shown in pre-exceptional operating income before amortization of intangible assets within continuing activities in 2001 include an FRS 17 pension adjustment in News Distribution of £nil, Professional Media of £0.5 million, and Market Research of £0.1 million.

 
  25  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 
  Year Ended December 31
  2001
  2002
  2003
  £m   % of
Revenues(1)
  £m   % of
Revenues(1)
  £m   % of
Revenues(1)
                                   
Pre-exceptional operating income after
amortization of intangible assets by division
                 
Continuing operations:                           
    CMP Media (90.2 )           (72.0 )              (38.1 )        
    CMP Asia (17.2 )       (0.5 )     (0.9 )    
    CMP Information (3.3 )       (17.3 )     (3.0 )    
    United Advertising Publications 8.4     14.6     11.7   20.1   13.2     22.8  
 
         
         
       
  Professional media (102.3 )       (78.1 )     (28.8 )    
  News distribution 30.1     23.5     11.0   10.4   2.9     3.1  
  Market research 16.7     8.6     (3.9 )     4.9     2.4  
 
         
         
       
(55.5 )       (71.0 )     (21.0 )    

         
         
       
Acquisitions:                  
       CMP Media             (0.2 )    
       CMP Information             (1.2 )    
       United Advertising Publications             0.1     33.3  
 
         
         
       
   Professional media             (1.3 )    
   Market research                  
 
         
         
       
Acquisitions             (1.3 )    

         
         
       
Discontinued operations:                  
    CMP Information (20.5 )                
 
         
         
       
(76.0 )       (71.0 )     (22.3 )    
 
         
         
       
by geographic location:                                  
United Kingdom, Europe and Middle East (30.1 )       (15.4 )     3.4      
North America (58.5 )       (52.6 )     (22.9 )    
Pacific 12.6         (3.0 )     (2.8 )    
 
         
         
       
(76.0 )       (71.0 )     (22.3 )    
 
         
         
       


(1)

Pre-exceptional operating income before amortization of intangible assets as a percentage of net revenues.


        Further details on acquisitions are given in note 29 to our consolidated financial statements.

Reconciliation of pre-exceptional operating income after amortization of intangible assets to loss for the financial year

  Year Ended December 31
  2001
2002
2003
  £m
£m
£m
Pre-exceptional operating income after amortization of intangible assets   (76.0 ) (71.0 ) (22.3 )
Net interest income   35.8   10.1   9.4  
Other finance expense   (1.5 ) (2.1 ) (5.5 )
Exceptional items charged to operating profit:  
- Impairment of goodwill (see note 11)   (370.0 ) (114.2 )  
- Restructuring costs   (74.0 ) (30.0 )  
Exceptional items credited/(charged) to profit/(loss) before tax   (51.5 ) (14.0 )  



Loss before tax   (537.2 ) (221.2 ) (18.4 )
Tax on ordinary activities   (25.0 ) (16.0 ) (22.7 )



Loss on ordinary activities after tax   (562.2 ) (237.2 ) (41.1 )
Equity minority interests   (2.0 ) (1.8 ) (0.3 )



Loss for the financial year   (564.2 ) (239.0 ) (41.4 )



        For a divisional reconciliation of pre-exceptional operating income to operating loss, see note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.

 
  26  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared with year ended December 31, 2002

        In the following discussion, “operating profit” or “operating loss” refers to operating profit before amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items, as this is the measure that management uses in the day to day monitoring of the business. Amortization is not a cash charge and as such does not reflect underlying operational results. Amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items are discussed separately below. See previous tables and note 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenues, operating profit

        The Group’s continuing revenue fell by 5.9 per cent from £793.4 million in 2002 to £746.7 million in 2003, and continuing operating profit improved by 53.2 per cent from £64.9 million to £99.4 million. Revenue was boosted by £21.7 million from acquisitions during the year but was offset by the effect of the weakness of the U.S. dollar and a reduction in performance at CMP Media (down 11.6 per cent) and News Distribution (down 3.4 per cent). With two thirds of UBM revenue reported locally in U.S. dollars, consolidated revenue was reduced by £38.8 million as a result of foreign exchange impacts. Revenue reduction of 13.1 per cent at CMP Asia was predominantly due to the effect of SARS (£9 million) and currency effects. The impact of revenue shortfalls on operating results has been offset by improved margins, particularly at CMP Media and CMP Information, where margins have doubled. In 2002 the Group’s reported margin after £8.5 million of redundancy related restructuring costs was 8.2 per cent, which increased to 13.3 per cent in 2003. Organic

There were no discontinued segments in 2003 or 2002 (2001: losses of £ 20.1 million).

Professional Media

        The turnround in Professional Media’s performance in the second half of the year was a major driver of the improvement in the group’s performance, with revenue up 10.3 per cent on the same period in 2002, despite the weakness of the U.S. dollar, and operating profit up by 166.5 per cent. Professional Media revenue was down 5.7 per cent for the full year with operating profit up by 124.6 per cent.

        CMP Media returned to operating profit in 2003. It achieved significant improvements in operating efficiencies and in the second half of 2003 revenues were up to the levels of the in the second half of the prior year. In the second half, high tech dollar revenues from continuing business regained 2002 levels, while healthcare dollar revenues – which on a pro-forma basis now account for approximately 20 per cent of divisional revenues – rose 42 per cent on the same period in the previous year. Many of our core healthcare markets grew strongly, with market leading positions in Psychiatry, Oncology and General Consulting, positions which were strengthened by the 2003 acquisition of The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing. CMP Media’s market leading technology titles drove an overall increase in yields, up 4 per cent in 2003. Organic investments performed well, generating over £10 million of revenue and £3 million of operating profit.

        CMP Asia experienced a strong post-SARS recovery. Following the SARS related cancellation of one of the major shows in the first half of 2003, which adversely affected revenue in the first half, revenue in the second half increased by 18.8 per cent compared to the same period in 2002. Operating profit in the second half of 2003 increased compared to the same period in 2002 – even after stripping out the SARS related £3.8 million insurance receipt. Further progress was achieved in launching new shows, in expanding into mainland China, and in the continuing success of the KSS business in Japan.

 
  27 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        CMP Information operating profit more than doubled in 2003 compared to 2002. Despite a decline in revenue after stripping out acquisitions, significant improvements in operating efficiency helped to drive profit from £10.1 million in 2002 to £25.3 million in 2003, representing an overall operating margin of 18.7 per cent as compared to 7.9 per cent in 2002. In 2003, CMPi again increased its investment in organic project initiatives. In addition, CMPi strengthened its leadership position in the U.K. construction and design market with £81 million of acquisitions, including The Builder Group and Barbour Index, contributing in total £17.8 million of revenue and £2.4 million of operating profit in 2004. The businesses have now been fully integrated.

        United Advertising Publications delivered operating profit growth of 10.2 per cent on flat revenue, driving operating margins to 24.1 per cent as compared to 21.9 per cent in 2002. Following several years of investment, Auto Exchange, the U.K.’s leading free pick up weekly motoring advertising magazine, is now in profit. Exchange & Mart and Auto Exchange developed cross selling initiatives and gave UAP a stronger competitive position nationally. Online extensions of the Daltons Weekly brand are showing progress. These extensions and the acquisition of This Caring Business added further depth to the range of products targeted at small and medium sized businesses.

News Distribution

        Revenue in 2003 decreased in comparison to 2002 by 10.1 per cent. Following year on year declines in each of the first three quarters of 2003, the fourth quarter saw U.S. wire volumes begin to recover with 43,400 wire messages compared to 42,300 in the fourth quarter of 2002. The volume of discretionary releases is growing, with new product announcements up approximately 9 per cent on 2002. Yields from U.S. wire services increased by 1 per cent from 2002. In 2003, margins were down to 14.2 per cent from 16.4 per cent in 2002, due to restructuring costs of over £2 million and to the increased commitment to organic investment and geographic expansion.

        Although the much smaller markets outside of the United States remained competitive, they experienced a £2.7 million loss and the challenge for 2004 is to drive the European business into profit.

        In the U.S. market, 2003 ended with 314 fewer public companies listed on the NYSE, Nasdaq and Amex markets, 145 of which had been PR Newswire customers, negatively affecting the overall volume of news. The number of companies using PR Newswire to distribute their earnings announcements slightly increased from 50.0 per cent of U.S. public companies at the end of 2002 to 50.3 per cent at the end of 2003.

Market Research

        In 2003, NOP World increased operating profit by 7.8 per cent to £19.3 million, as compared to £17.9 million in 2002, on a 4.3 per cent decrease in revenue. Revenue grew in the second half of 2003 despite the weakness of the U.S. dollar. Our syndicated and continuous business such as AFI and MRI delivered strong performances.

        A major restructuring program is underway to improve margins, to focus the business around its core sector strengths, automotive, healthcare, financial, business and technology and consumer and retail, and to introduce global account management. Despite the expensing of costs associated with this major restructuring and an increased level of organic investment, operating margins rose to 9.5 per cent from 8.4 per cent in 2002.

        NOP World benefits from the good performance from the Eurisko acquisition. In addition, the performance of Allison Fisher has exceeded expectations and will result in an earn-out payout of $10 million in 2004. This liability has been recognized in the 2003 financial statements (see note 29).

 
  28 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        At the end of 2003, our six acquisitions were performing in line or ahead of expectations. In addition, the performance of our organic investments has improved. In 2003, organic investments contributed £40.6 million to revenue and made a loss of £4.1 million. Our publishing investments have already broken into profit, although we continue to experience losses in respect of our PRN and NOP organic investments.

Amortization of intangible assets

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, the amortization of intangible assets (including the charge for amortization on associates and joint ventures, see note 13), principally goodwill, resulted in charges of £121.7 million, as compared to £135.9 million in 2002. The 2002 charge was before a £114.2 million impairment charge as discussed below. There was no impairment charge in 2003.

Impairment

        We have reviewed the carrying value of our intangible assets (including goodwill) in light of current trading conditions and expectations and consider that no additional provision for impairment is required in the current year. In 2002, UBM incurred a charge for goodwill impairment of £114.2 million, as compared to £370.0 million in 2001. The charge was made following a review of the goodwill across the Group in light of difficult market conditions. The impairment principally related to three main businesses. Within NOP World, the Roper Starch business acquired in 2001 experienced a weakening in the market in its custom business, and has failed to meet its business plan. In News Distribution, the United Kingdom and other European businesses also experienced reduced demand, and incurred losses in 2002. The Cyperus business acquired in 2001 achieved profits significantly below plan and as a consequence an impairment was taken against its value. In Professional Media, CMP Media has continued to experience difficult market conditions. The impairment charge of £114.2 million was separately reported as an exceptional operating cost.

Exceptional Items

        There were no exceptional items in 2003. In 2002, exceptional items charged to operating income included the following:

Year ended December 31, 2002
£m
 
Continuing operations
Costs relating to prior year disposals (14.0 )
Provision for surplus property (30.0 )
Goodwill impairment (114.2 )

(158.2 )

        During 2002, UBM settled an outstanding legal claim relating to the planned merger with Carlton Communications plc in 2000 and the subsequent sale of the Group’s television businesses. The exceptional cost of this claim to the Group net of associated receivables amounted to £14.0 million.

        Exceptional items in 2002 also include a £30.0 million provision for vacant space arising from reduced property needs following restructuring which resulted in a headcount reduction of approximately 2,250 staff in 2001 and 2002 in both the United Kingdom and the United States. In addition, included in exceptional items is £114.2 million of goodwill impairment as described above.

 
  29 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Interest

        Group interest income for 2003 decreased to £9.4 million, decreasing from a Group net interest income of £10.1 million in 2002. The reduction in interest receivable in 2003 is as a result of the decrease in net cash in the year.

Tax

        Tax on operating profit before exceptional items and amortization of intangible assets for 2003 increased to £22.7 million from £16.0 million in 2002, an effective rate of 22 per cent compared to 21.9 per cent in the previous year.

Loss for Financial Period

        The loss before taxation after exceptional items was £18.4 million in 2003 compared to a loss of £221.2 million in 2002. Losses in 2002 included exceptional items charged to operating income of £158.2 million, discussed above.

        Net loss decreased from a loss of £239.0 million in 2002 to a loss of £41.4 million in 2003.

        The Group’s operating profit before taxes, amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items increased by 53.2 per cent from £64.9 million in 2002 to £99.4 million in 2003. The reconciliation to the reported loss for the financial year is as follows:

  Year ended December 31
 
2002
£m
2003
£m
Operating profit before amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items 64.9 99.4
Net interest income and other finance (expense) - including share of associates and 8.0 3.9
joint ventures
Amortization of goodwill (135.9 ) (121.7 )
Exceptional items - charged to operating loss
                        - impairment of goodwill
(114.2 ) — 
                        - other (30.0 ) — 
Exceptional items - charged to loss before tax (14.0 ) — 
 
 
 
Loss before taxes (221.2 ) (18.4 )
Tax on ordinary activities (16.0 ) (22.7 )
 
 
 
Loss on ordinary activities after tax (237.2 ) (41.1 )
Equity minority interests (1.8 ) (0.3 )
 
 
 
Loss for the financial year (239.0 ) (41.4 )
 
 
 

        Adjusted earnings per share (before amortization of intangible assets, exceptional items and B shares) increased from 16.5 pence in 2002 to 24.0 pence in 2003. Basic loss per share after amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items decreased from (71.8) pence in 2002 to (12.5) pence in 2003.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared with year ended December 31, 2001

Revenues, operating profit

        The Group’s continuing revenue fell by 14.7 per cent from £930.5 million in 2001 to £793.4 million in 2002, and continuing operating profit fell by 20.6 per cent from £81.7 million to £64.9 million. This decrease is principally attributable to the 51.7 per cent fall in PR Newswire’s operating profit. In 2002 the Group’s reported margin after £8.5 million of redundancy related restructuring costs fell to 8.2 per cent (2001: 8.8 per cent), with the second half margin of 7.2 per cent showing growth on the 5 per cent in the second half of 2001.

 
  30 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        There were no discontinued activities in 2002 (2001: losses of £20.1 million).

 
  31 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Professional Media

        Revenues in Professional Media decreased by 21.8 per cent from £607.6 million in 2001 to £475.0 million in 2002. This decrease is attributable to a weakening in the U.S. high tech market and its consequent effects on brand and product advertising. Continuing operating profit before exceptional items and amortization of intangible assets increased by 35.6 per cent from £21.9 million in 2001 to £29.7 million in 2002. This increase in operating profit reflects increased operating profit from CMP Asia primarily due to product launches and new exhibitions, and in CMP Information and UAP primarily due to cost restructuring.

        Cost savings mitigated most of the revenue reduction, and as a result, the business moved into operating profit in the fourth quarter. In 2002 CMP Media’s titles again significantly increased market share to 28.4 per cent of ad page volumes compared with 24.9 per cent in 2001. CMP Media defended yields, holding the decline to 6.2 per cent despite a 30.4 per cent volume decline in the market (as measured by “IMS/Auditor” statistics for the year ended December 31, 2002). Its revenues decreased by 31.9 per cent from £370.4 million to £252.4 million. Operating losses increased by 20.5 per cent from £7.8 million to £9.4 million.

        CMP Media’s Healthcare business achieved revenue growth of 3 per cent, despite difficult market conditions, with a solid increase in demand during the second half of the year.

        Overall CMPi’s revenue declined by 13.3 per cent to £113.4 million reflecting continuing pressure on advertising and the omission of discontinued operations and biennial events which were not held in 2002. Overall ad pages were down by 9 per cent however exhibition meterage (number of meters of space sold to exhibitors) was up 1 per cent.

        CMP Information (CMPi) benefited from its business-wide initiative to improve profitability and operational efficiency. Profits increased by 84.1 per cent to £12.7million, and margins more than doubled from 5.3 per cent in 2001 to 11.2 per cent in 2002.

        This improvement in profitability was achieved despite a reduction in general advertising and marketing spend in CMPi’s main markets. The music and medical markets saw a marked turndown in advertising. Conversely, the agriculture sector rebounded strongly following the foot & mouth crisis in 2001. Many of CMPi’s market-leading events registered improvements in performance such as the Interiors Event, the United Kingdom’s second largest exhibition; CphI, the pharmaceutical ingredients event; and IFSEC China, one of the world’s leading security shows.

        CMP Asia’s revenue increased by 4.3 per cent from £49.0 million to £51.1 million in 2002 and operating profits by 2.2 per cent from £13.4 million to £13.7 million. Margins held firm at 27 per cent, despite the investment in new exhibition launches.

        CMP Asia’s excellent performance was achieved in the face of some challenging market conditions in the United States and generally poor conditions in the cruise ship and leather markets. The jewelry and beauty groups performed extremely well with record attendance in their prime shows.

        Kenko Sangyo Shimbun Inc’s (“KSS”) health events and publications have strengthened the Asian portfolio and promises an excellent base for growth in the key Japanese market. In 2002, CMP Asia launched nine new shows; three were in China. These new events generated over £2 million in revenues and are scheduled to run again in future years.

        United Advertising Publications (UAP) despite increased revenue of only 1.2 per cent to

 
  32 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

£58.1million, achieved a very strong 35.1 per cent increase in profit to £12.7million. Margins rose to 21.9 per cent (2001: 16.4 per cent).

        Every one of UAP’s titles recorded an increase in profits for the year, with Exchange & Mart, Daltons Weekly, Trader and Trade-it recording significant profit gains, despite a general decline in the advertising market. Increased circulation and market share was achieved by the two principal titles, Exchange & Mart and Dalton’s Weekly. The improvement in profit across the range of titles was helped by the substantial cost savings made by the business. These were achieved through outsourcing distribution operations, improved credit control, lower online expenditure and reduced in-house production costs.

        Auto Exchange, the free pick-up motoring publications, moved into profit for the year, after five years of investment.

News Distribution

        PRN’s revenues decreased 18 per cent from £128.0 million in 2001 to £105.4 million in 2002, while continuing operating profits before exceptional items and amortization of intangible assets decreased 51.7 per cent from £35.8 million to £17.3 million due to lower revenues and substantial investment in new products.

        Continuing weak markets in the United States, a sharp reduction in the number of listed companies and the low levels of mergers & acquisitions (M&A) and initial public offers (IPO) activity together with a wave of corporate scandals, made companies particularly publicity-averse. Customers traded down to PR Newswire’s lower cost distribution options leading to a 24 per cent decline in the level of messages outbound from the United States. Some “discretionary” or non-regulatory products were particularly affected by general corporate cost cutting.

        In PR Newswire’s core U.S. distribution business, message volume was 11 per cent below 2001 but average revenue per message was up 4 per cent — boosted by the increased regulatory message length and volume following the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        Canada Newswire, although also suffering from a tough local economy, proved to be resilient and PR Newswire’s share from this joint venture held firm at U.S.$12 million of revenue and U.S.$4.1 million of operating profit.

        Globally, including PR Newswire Europe, Canada Newswire and other PR Newswire business locations, PR Newswire’s market share is up 2.2 per cent to 40.0 per cent, with the fourth quarter alone being up 3.1 per cent. In the United States, market share held firm at 52 per cent of earnings release volumes.

        Revenue was boosted by the growth of new products such as MultiVu, and Online MediAtlas, although these were loss making as they are still in their start up period.

        PR Newswire Europe experienced similarly difficult market conditions. PR Newswire’s Disclose product has since its launch in April 2002, captured over 10 per cent of all announcements issued and has signed up over 30 per cent of FTSE 100 companies.

        We invested £7 million in new products which generated £6 million of revenue. The Online MediAtlas, was launched in the United Kingdom and United States during the year, as were the French, German and Spanish versions. MultiVu, the new division specializing in the production and distribution of video news releases and other multimedia content, contributed $5 million in revenues

 
  33 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

since May 2002. PR Newswire also strengthened its presence in the developing Chinese market by investing £3 million in the creation of the leading international corporate announcement distributor in China – Xinhua PR Newswire, the largest government-backed news agency.

Market Research

        Revenues at NOP World increased by 9.3 per cent in 2002 from £194.9 million to £213.0 million and continuing operating profit before exceptional items and amortization of intangible assets decreased by 25.4 per cent from £24.0 million to £17.9 million. Adjusting for the effects of acquisitions and foreign exchange, underlying revenue decreased by 10.6 per cent and underlying profits decreased by 21 per cent. The U.K. operations, U.S. continuous media and the automotive businesses performed strongly and contributed all of the profits in 2002. The healthcare and custom businesses in the United States experienced sharp downturns in revenue which has necessitated extensive cost reduction programmes.

        Margins fell from 12.3 per cent in 2001 to 8.4 per cent in 2002, primarily due to changing from traditional research methods to internet research which typically sells at a lower price. These margins should improve in time as more volume is processed through automated systems.

        Although NOP U.K.’s revenues were in line with last year’s, profit increased due to strong revenue performances from the Business and Healthcare divisions and due to margin improvements in both Automotive and Mystery Shopping.

        Mediamark Research (MRI) improved revenue performance and profits and experienced success in renewing all of its multi-year contracts.

        RoperASW’s revenues were reduced by client budget pressures and competitive pricing. Profitability was diluted by the investment in new product introductions including the United States online Panel and LifeMatrix, a combined platform for brand strategy, marketing and media planning.

        Both Allison-Fisher (AFI) & NOP Auto U.S. achieved increased revenues and profits. AFI’s strong syndicated sales and new additional custom business drove topline growth. The opening of a new office in California boosted NOP Auto’s U.S. revenue. Operating profit for the year benefited from improved contribution margins and savings realized from overhead cost reduction. Automotive market research budgets will remain very tight, resulting in continued pricing pressure.

Amortization of intangible assets

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, the amortization of intangible assets (including the charge for amortization on associates and joint ventures, see note 13), principally goodwill, resulted in charges of £135.9 million (2001: £137.6 million) before a £114.2 million (2001: £370.0 million) impairment charge as discussed below.

Impairment

        In 2002, UBM incurred a charge for goodwill impairment of £114.2 million (2001: £370.0 million). The charge was made following a review of the goodwill across the Group in light of difficult market conditions. The impairment principally related to three main businesses. Within NOP World, the Roper Starch business acquired in 2001 experienced a weakening in the market in its custom business, and failed to meet its business plan. In News Distribution, the United Kingdom and other European businesses also experienced reduced demand, and have incurred losses in 2002. The Cyperus business acquired in 2001 achieved profits significantly below plan and as a consequence an

 
  34 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

impairment was taken against its value. In Professional Media, CMP Media saw continued difficult market conditions. The impairment charge of £114.2 million was separately reported as an exceptional operating cost.

        Further details on the impairment charge are provided in note 11 to our consolidated financial statements.

Exceptional Items

        In 2002, exceptional items charged to operating income included the following:

Year ended December 31, 2002
  £m  
Continuing operations  
Costs relating to prior year disposals (14.0 )
Provision for surplus property (30.0 )
Goodwill impairment (114.2 )

  (158.2 )

        During 2002, UBM settled an outstanding legal claim relating to the planned merger with Carlton Communications plc in 2000 and the subsequent sale of the Group’s television businesses. The exceptional cost of this claim to the Group net of associated receivables amounted to £14.0 million.

        Exceptional items also include a £30 million provision for vacant space arising from reduced property needs following restructuring which resulted in a headcount reduction of approximately 1,400 staff in 2001 in both the UK and US. In addition, included in exceptional is £114.2 million of goodwill impairment as described above.

Interest

        Group interest income for the year was £10.1 million, decreasing from a Group net interest income of £36.4 million in 2001. The reduction in interest receivable in 2002 is as a result of the return of £1.25 billion cash to shareholders in April 2001. Further details on the return of cash to shareholders is provided in note 23 to our consolidated financial statements.

Tax

        Tax on operating profit before exceptional items and amortization of intangible assets for 2002 was £16.0 million (2001: £25.0 million), an effective rate of 21.9 per cent compared to 25.8 per cent in the previous year. The decrease is due to a lower proportion of U.S. based operating profits, which are taxed at a higher rate.

Loss for Financial Period

        The loss before taxation after exceptional items was £221.2 million in 2002 compared to a loss of £537.2 million in 2001. Losses in 2001 included exceptional losses on disposal and closure of £51.5 million and exceptional items charged to operating income of £444.0 million. Losses in 2002 included exceptional items charged to operating income of £158.2 million, discussed above.

        Net loss decreased from a loss of £564.2 million in 2001 to a loss of £239.0 million in 2002.

 
  35 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        The Group’s operating profit before taxes, amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items, increased by 5 per cent to £64.9 million in 2002 (2001: £61.6 million). The reconciliation to the reported loss for the financial year is as follows:

  Year ended December 31
  2001
£m
2002
£m
 
Operating profit before amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items 61.6     64.9   
Net interest income and other finance (expense) - including share of associates and 34.3 8.0  
joint ventures
Amortization of goodwill (137.6 ) (135.9 )
Exceptional items - charged to operating loss
                              - impairment of goodwill
(370.0 ) (114.2 )
                              - other (74.0 ) (30.0 )
Exceptional items - charged to loss before tax (51.5 ) (14.0 )
 
 
 
Loss before taxes (537.2 ) (221.2 )
Tax on ordinary activities (25.0 ) (16.0 )
 
 
 
Loss on ordinary activities after tax (562.2 ) (237.2 )
Equity minority interests (2.0 ) (1.8 )
 
 
 
Loss for the financial year (564.2 ) (239.0 )
 
 
 

        Adjusted earnings per share (before amortization of intangible assets, exceptional items and B shares) reduced from 17.9 pence to 16.5 pence. Basic loss per share after amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items decreased from (146.5) pence to (71.8) pence.

  B.  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash Flow in 2003

        Net cash inflow from operating activities was £84.6 million compared with £55.5 million in 2002 (2001: £14.7 million).

        Capital expenditure for the year was £6.9 million, compared with £10.9 million in 2002 (2001: £31.7 million). In 2003 and 2002, this was well below our depreciation charge (2003: £25.3 million; 2002: £23.2 million; 2001: £23.3 million) and reflected the tight control of all aspects of expenditure coupled with increased emphasis on organic investments, where investment is primarily in people and is consequently expensed rather than capitalized. In 2001 net capital expenditure was in excess of depreciation due to investment in new systems and product innovation to support business growth. We expect these numbers to converge in future years.

        Working capital outflow in 2003 was £(1.0) million, compared with an inflow of £14.2 million in 2002 (2001: outflow of £(1.6) million), comprising movement in stocks, debtors and creditors. Debtor management again improved and the majority of the divisions reduced their debtor days. Roper/ASW and several of the publishing divisions achieved notable improvements.

        Cash outflows in 2003 included £4.6 million as compared to £8.2 million in 2002 (2001: £71.4 million) of additional shareholder funding for five (Channel 5 Television Group Limited formerly known as Channel 5). The funding provided was significantly less than planned because of its improved financial performance with profits of £8.8 million being achieved in 2003.

        We spent £129.9 million on acquisitions (net of cash acquired) across several of the divisions in 2003. CMP Information acquired the Interior Design Handbook, the remaining 50 per cent of Property Media and Aprovia UK which included The Builder Group and Barbour Index. The consideration totaled £90 million. CMP acquired The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing for £23.1 million and NOP acquired Eurisko for £24.1 million. UAP acquired This Caring Business for £1.7 million. In 2002, PRN invested £3.0 million in establishing a commercial relationship with

 
  36 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Xinhua in China. There were no acquisitions in 2002 although there was £19 million paid in relation to disposals from previous years. Cash outflows in 2001 included £131.8 million of expenditure on acquisitions, primarily in Market Research, and £71.4 million of additional shareholder funding for five. This included £38.9 million to refinance five’s third party banking arrangements.

        We received a tax cash inflow in 2003 of £8.4 million (2002: inflow of £15.3 million; 2001: outflow of £4.1 million), reflecting the reclaiming of tax from previous years and utilization of tax losses. We also had outflows in 2003 in relation to our property provisions of £23.1 million (2002: £14.9 million; 2001: £3.8 million) and in relation to our 2003 restructuring costs of £nil (2002: £20.2 million; 2001: £19.0 million). Cash benefited from the exchange impact on our net U.S. dollar borrowings by £13.0 million (2002: increase of £24 million; 2001: reduction of £11.3 million). Dividends of £25.0 million were paid including £0.6 million in respect of B share dividends (2002: £14.4 million including £0.9 million of B share dividends; 2001: £417.8 million including £324.6 million of B share dividends). Overall cash increased by £47.0 million during the year (2002: increased by £44.2 million; 2001: decrease of £1,503.7 million). Net cash at December 31, 2003 was £46.5 million (2002: £93.5 million; 2001: £49.3 million), comprising £611.1 million of cash (2002: £693.0 million; 2001: £948.2 million) and £564.6 million of debt (2002: £599.5 million; 2001: £898.9 million). Furthermore we have revolving credit facility of £500 million. The facility was drawn to the value of £21.1 million at the end of 2003 and this sum was repaid early in 2004.

        During 2003, we repurchased 1,333,568 of B shares for consideration and costs of £3.3 million. In 2002, we repurchased 2,934,255 of B shares for consideration and costs of £7.4 million and in 2001, we returned £1.25 billion of cash to shareholders through the B share arrangement. As at December 31, 2003, 6,212,819 B shares remained in issue at the year-end. The Company intends to purchase its own shares in the market from time to time under the existing authority granted by shareholders. On June 27, 2003, the company repurchased and cancelled 100,000 ordinary shares at £2.93 per share.

        Having reviewed the Group’s liquid resources, borrowing facilities and cash flow forecast, the directors believe that the Group has sufficient working capital to fund its present requirements.

Treasury and Finance

        The Group’s central treasury function is principally concerned with managing internal and external funding requirements, the monitoring of working capital and management of key financial market risks. Its activities are carried out in accordance with policies approved by the board and are subject to regular review and audit. Contracts are entered into with approved counterparties and not on a speculative basis.

        The group borrows and invests centrally on behalf of its subsidiaries with the aim of maximizing liquidity, security, flexibility and price competitiveness. In 2003 no new debt was issued.

        Foreign currency transaction exposures are covered as they arise using forward foreign exchange contracts. There are no material contracts outstanding at the end of 2003. We do not hedge profit or balance sheet translations as they are accounting rather than cash exposures. However, as shown below, foreign currency borrowings are used where appropriate to provide an economic hedge against investment in overseas territories.

        Interest rate exposure is managed by using fixed rate borrowings and financial instruments such as interest swaps. These instruments allow the Group to select its preferred level of fixed rate net debt. To maximize flexibility the guidelines issued by the board do not stipulate that a minimum proportion of net debt must be at a fixed interest rate. Cash is invested with the emphasis on preservation of capital, with limits for individual counterparties based on credit ratings and liquidity.

 
  37 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Financing

        The Group had access to funds from the following in 2003:

  £500 million revolving credit facility, a syndicate of relationship banks is obliged to provide these funds until August 2006. The drawn margin on this facility is 45 basis points, and there are no net assets or gearing covenants. The interest cover covenant (ratio of operating profits to net interest paid) is three times. The facility was drawn to the value of £21.1 million at the end of 2003 with this sum being repaid early in 2004.  

  $400 million convertible bond – On December 19, 2001 United Business Media (Jersey) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued a 5 year 2.375 per cent convertible bond, primarily to refinance the Company’s existing £180 million 6.125 per cent subordinated convertible bonds. The remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes in 2001, 2002 and 2003, including the refinancing of previous acquisitions.

  The fixed annual coupon interest rate on the $400 million bond is 2.375 per cent payable semi-annually. The bonds are convertible into Preference Shares of United Business Media (Jersey) Ltd at any time up to the seventh calendar day before the date fixed for redemption, December 19, 2006. The Preference Shares will, in turn, be exchangeable immediately for a total of 47.8 million Ordinary Shares in the Company.

  United Business Media (Jersey) Limited may redeem all of the $400 million bonds at their principal amount, together with accrued interest:

  c)  

at any time after December 19, 2004 if the market price per Ordinary Share on each of the dealing days in any period of 30 days ending not earlier than 14 days prior to the giving of the notice of redemption has been at least 130 per cent of the Exchange Price on such dealing day; or


  d)  

at any time if 85 per cent or more of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds originally issued shall have been previously purchased and cancelled, redeemed or converted.


  Convertible bondholders may put the bond back to United Business Media (Jersey) Limited for par on December 19, 2004.

  In line with accounting convention, the convertible debt has been classified in creditors falling due within one year (£221.1 million net of issue costs) on the grounds that the earliest possible date for redemption is December 19, 2004.

  The existing £180 million 6.125 per cent subordinated convertible bonds were called on December 27, 2001 and repaid at par plus accrued interest on January 28, 2002.

  The Group has fixed rate borrowings including a $250 million 7.25 per cent bond redeemable in July 2004, a $250m 7.75 per cent bond redeemable in July 2009 and a $125 million 8.04 per cent private placement redeemable in September 2004. Of the $675 million in issue, $375 million will mature in 2004 and it is planned this will be repaid from surplus cash.

 
  38 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Interest Rate Management

        The Group has two $250 million U.S. dollar bonds, one redeemable in July 2004, the other in July 2009, with coupon rates at 7.25 per cent and 7.75 per cent respectively. In addition, there is a $125 million US dollar private placement with a 8.04 per cent coupon redeemable in September 2004. To reduce the interest cost of the debt, the Group entered into a number of transactions in 2002 and 2003. In 2002, a wholly owned subsidiary repurchased $10.65 million of the 7.25 per cent 2004 bond and $65 million of the 7.75 per cent 2009 bond. The Group also invested in $205 million of credit linked notes and entered into a number of interest rate swaps. These transactions which are detailed in note 21 to our consolidated financial statements, had the effect of reducing interest costs in 2002 and 2003 and we expect will result in further savings in 2004 and beyond. The Group also entered into £220 million of short term interest rate swaps in 2002 and 2003 to reduce its exposure to a reduction in sterling interest rates. £170 million of these swaps were outstanding at the end of 2003.

        Our long term credit rating has not changed and is investment grade with a Standard & Poor’s rating of BBB and Moody’s Baa2 with stable outlook.

C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

        Research and development costs are not significant and are expensed as incurred.

D. TREND INFORMATION

        The following is the text from a statement that was released on February 26, 2004 at the Company’s preliminary results announcements for the year ended December 31, 2003:

        Clive Hollick, Chief Executive of United Business Media, said:

Current Trading & Outlook

        “The trading momentum achieved in the second half of 2003 is continuing into the current year and this, together with the contribution from our investment programme, points to good progress in 2004. Underlying growth in our US businesses will, as a result of the weakness of the US dollar, be reduced on translation to sterling.

        “In our publications and exhibitions business we are seeing an improving tech climate and healthcare is continuing to grow. Business in Asia is returning to pre-SARS levels and in the UK margins are growing. News distribution is continuing to achieve volume and yield improvements. Our market research order book was up at the year end and we are restructuring this business to improve its margin and revenue growth.

        “With a higher level of operational gearing and improved positions in our core markets we are well placed to benefit from economic recovery. The group continues to evaluate a number of investments to strengthen core markets and capitalise on our efficient operating base.”

 
  39 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        The following is the text from a statement that was released on May 6, 2004 at the Company’s annual general meeting:

        Chairman’s Statement to the United Business Media plc Annual General Meeting

        Speaking at the United Business Media annual general meeting today, the Chairman, Geoff Unwin said:

        “2004 has started well. All of our businesses are performing ahead of last year, consistent with the positive trends of the second half of 2003. We expect to achieve our medium term margin target of 15 per cent this year.

        “In the US CMP Media’s underlying revenue is 3 per cent ahead, with yields strengthening and a strong performance in online and events.

        “PR Newswire’s year to date message volumes are 7 per cent up on last year with improved yields.

“This time last year I reported that United was experiencing the most stable environment for over two years. Since then our businesses, particularly those in the US, have all made good progress — with the combination of revenue growth and a restructured cost base, boosting profits and margin. The profit contribution from acquisitions made over the last year is in line with target. All in all a positive and promising performance.”

E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

        The Group had no off-balance sheet arrangements in the context of Item 5E.

F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Capital expenditure commitments and contingent liabilities

        Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the financial statements for 2003 amounts to £0.2 million, as compared to £0.2 million in 2002 (2001: £0.5 million). For additional information regarding capital expenditure, see Item 4.A. under “History and Development of the Company — Capital Expenditure”.

        The company acts as guarantor over a net overdraft facility of £70 million and a foreign exchange line of £50 million that are available to subsidiary undertakings. The company also acts as guarantor over the fixed interest payable on interest rate swaps taken out by a subsidiary undertaking. The company also acts as guarantor over the convertible bonds disclosed in note 20.

 
  40 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        The following summarizes UBM’s contractual cash obligations and commitments at December 31, 2003, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

  Year ended December 31
Debt
2003
£m
Other
financial
liabilities
2003
£m
Operating
Leases
2003
£’m
Total
2003
£m
Payment period:          
Within 1 year, or on demand   462.7   22.3   33.1   518.1  
Between 1 and 2 years     11.8   31.7   43.5  
Between 2 and 5 years     20.7   76.6   97.3  
Over 5 years   101.9   13.7   97.3   212.9  
   
Total   564.6   68.5   238.7   871.8  
   

        See note 21 to our consolidated financial statements and the section “B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Treasury and Finance” above for further details of the debt and other financial liabilities included above and derivatives.

        The Group is making additional contributions to eliminate MFR deficits in the UK pension funds. Contributions in the UK defined benefit schemes are being reviewed following the results of new valuations and are expected to increase to £11.8 million, (2003: £3.8 million) per annum from 2004. Contributions to the US plan are expected to be £4.0 million in 2004 (2003: £5.5 million). Future commitments will depend on actuarial valuations.

        See note 31 for details of pension commitments.

 
  41 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the directors and executive officers of UBM who served during 2003:

Year ended December 31
Name Date of Birth Title
Geoff Unwin   August 9, 1942   Chairman  
Clive Hollick  May 20, 1945  Group Chief Executive 
Charles Gregson  June 7, 1947  Executive Director 
Nigel Wilson  November 17, 1956  Chief Financial Officer 
Malcolm Wall  July 24, 1956  Chief Operating Officer 
John Botts  January 19, 1941  Non-executive Director 
Christopher Powell  October 4, 1943  Non-executive Director 
Fields Wicker-Miurin(1)   July 30, 1958  Non-executive Director 
Adair Turner  October 5, 1955  Non-executive Director 
Jonathan Newcomb  June 12, 1946  Non-executive Director 

_________________

(1) Fields Wicker-Miurin resigned from UBM’s board with effect from our 2004 AGM on May 6, 2004.

        Geoff Unwin was appointed a non-executive director in 1996 and became chairman in November 2002. He was a director of MAI plc from 1995. He was previously chief executive officer of Cap Gemini, one of the largest management and IT consulting firms in the world and remains a non-voting member on the board of that company. He is also chairman of Halma plc, a leading safety and environmental technology group; Trigenix Ltd, a mobile phone software developer; and Liberata plc, a provider of business outsourcing services. He is a member of the advisory boards of Palmon Capital Partners and Hartwell plc. He is a member of the nomination committee.

        Clive Hollick was appointed to the board as Group chief executive in 1996 following the merger with MAI plc. Prior to that he was group managing director of MAI plc, having joined the board of that company in 1974. He is a non-executive director of Diageo plc and Honeywell International Inc. and is also chairman of the South Bank Centre. Previous board appointments include directorships of Hambros Bank Limited (1973-1996), National Bus Company (1984–1991), Logica plc (1987-1992), British Aerospace plc (1992-1997) and TRW Inc (1999-2002).

        Charles Gregson was appointed to the board in 1996. He is responsible for PR Newswire as well as the Group’s specialist publications business, UAP, and the group’s investments. He joined MAI plc in 1974 as group solicitor and became a director of that company in 1984. He is chairman of ICAP plc and deputy chairman of Provident Financial plc.

        Nigel Wilson was appointed to the board as chief financial officer in 2001. Prior to that he was group finance director of Viridian Group plc from 1996 to 2000, and became managing director of Viridian Capital in 2000. Previous appointments include group finance director of Waste Management International plc, head of corporate finance and commercial director at Dixons Group plc, managing director of Stanhope Properties plc and a consultant at McKinsey. From 17 May 2004, he is a non-executive director of Halfords.

        Malcolm Wall joined the Group in 1992 and subsequently became chief executive of United Broadcasting and Entertainment, responsible for all the group’s television businesses until their sale in 2000. He became chief operating officer of UBM in November 2000, with responsibility for overseeing operations across all the group’s businesses, and was appointed to the board on January 1, 2001. He is also a non-executive director of Channel 5 Television Group Limited.

 
  42 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        John Botts was appointed to the board in 1997. He is chairman of Botts & Company Limited, a London based funds management and investment company which concentrates on private equity investing in Europe. Other directorships include Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC and Amerindo Internet Fund PLC. He is the senior independent director. He is also a member of the nomination committee and the audit committee.

        Chris Powell was appointed to the board in 1996. He was a non-executive director of MAI plc from 1995. He has been chief executive and chairman of BMP DDB, one of Britain’s largest advertising agencies, of which he was co-founder, and is a past president of the Institute of Practitioners in Advertising. He is chairman of Nesta (National Endowment for Science, Technology and the Arts). He is chairmen of the remuneration committee and a member of the nomination committee.

        Adair Turner was appointed to the board in 2000. He was previously director general of the Confederation of British Industry and prior to that, a director of McKinsey & Co. He is vice-chairman of Merrill Lynch Europe and a visiting professor at the London School of Economics. In December 2002 he was appointed by the U.K. Government to chair an independent commission on pensions. He is chairman of the audit committee and a member of the remuneration committee.

        Jonathan Newcomb was appointed to the board in 2001. He was chairman and CEO of Simon & Schuster, one of the world’s largest book publishers, from 1994 to 2002, having been president and chief operating officer from 1991. In February 2002 he joined the New York based private equity firm of Leeds Weld & Co as a principal. Previous employment included McGraw Hill (where he was responsible for Standard & Poor’s and Data Resources) and Dun & Bradstreet. He is also a director of HSBC North America. He is a member of the remuneration committee and the audit committee.

        Fields Wicker-Miurin was appointed to the board in 1998. She is an executive director of Leaders Quest, an international business that works with leaders from all sectors of business and society to build leadership skills. She was previously chief operating officer of Vesta Group Limited, and finance director at the London Stock Exchange. She is also a non-executive director of Savills plc, the Royal London Group and Carnegie, a Nordic investment bank. She serves on the Nasdaq Technology Advisory Committee and is chair of the DTI’s investment committee. She is a member of the audit committee. Fields resigned from UBM’s board with effect from our 2004 AGM on May 6, 2004.

        Christopher Hyman has been appointed to the board as a non-executive director with effect from 7 May 2004. Mr Hyman is chief executive of Serco Group plc, which he joined in 1994 and where he has served in a number of roles, including company secretary and group finance director, before becoming chief executive in 2002. Serco is one of the world’s leading outsourcing companies, with operations in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America. It operates in a diverse range of sectors, including defence, aerospace and science, public transport and traffic management, health, education, justice and local government.

 
  43 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

B. COMPENSATION

        The following table sets forth the aggregate salary, bonus and other compensation of directors and executive officers for the year ended December 31. Remuneration below does not include stock options which may have been granted to certain of the directors. Information on shares and options is provided under “Share Ownership” below.

Table of Individual Directors’ Remuneration

  Year ended December 31, 2003
Basic salary

£
Fees (6)

£
Benefits (1)

£
Bonus (2)

£
MTIP (4)

£
Compensation

£
Total
2003
£
Directors                
Clive Hollick   668,367     17,850   359,250   267,347     1,312,814  
Charles Gregson (5)   292,633     13,633   193,125   123,600     622,991  
Malcolm Wall   325,000     30,129   136,500   53,300     544,929  
Nigel Wilson   310,000     41,380   158,100   124,000     633,480  
Geoffrey Unwin     200,000           200,000  
John Botts     43,750           43,750  
Jonathan Newcomb     35,000           35,000  
Christopher Powell     39,167           39,167  
Adair Turner     43,750           43,750  
Fields Wicker-Miurin     35,000           35,000  
   
Former directors  
   
Sir Ronald Hampel (3)                  
Total   1,596,000   396,667   102,992   846,975   568,247     3,510,881  
   
   
    Year ended December 31, 2002
Directors                              
Clive Hollick   668,367     17,850         686,217  
Charles Gregson (5)   292,633     13,633   138,960       445,226  
Malcolm Wall   325,000     11,958   68,250       405,208  
Nigel Wilson   310,000     13,261   68,200       391,461  
Geoffrey Unwin     64,685           64,685  
John Botts     40,000           40,000  
Jonathan Newcomb     35,000           35,000  
Christopher Powell     35,000           35,000  
Adair Turner     35,795           35,795  
Fields Wicker-Miurin     35,000           35,000  
   
Former directors  
   
Sir Ronald Hampel (3)     169,444         82,108   251,552  
Total   1,596,000   414,924   56,702   275,410     82,108   2,425,144  
   

_________________

(1) Benefits are non-pensionable car and cash allowances. Benefits for Malcolm Wall and Nigel Wilson include allowances in relation to pension commitments.
(2) Directors may be invited to sacrifice part or all of their cash bonus to the UBM Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan, or SEEPP, as described in “Item 6.E. Share Ownership – Directors’ Interests in long term incentive schemes”.
(3) Sir Ronald Hampel ceased to be chairman with effect from November 5, 2002 and the above table reflects his remuneration up to that date. He continued to receive fees in accordance with the company’s obligations in the terms of his appointment for the remainder of his notice period which would otherwise have expired on March 27, 2003. The figure in the above table includes £82,108 of such fees and the value of secretarial services provided. With effect from October 1, 2000, 50 percent of the fees otherwise payable to Sir Ronald Hampel were provided to him in the form of a provisional allocation of ordinary shares in the company to which he became entitled, subject to certain conditions, on his retirement from the board. The cash equivalent of these provisional allocations of shares was reported as part of Sir Ronald’s remuneration for the periods in question. He became unconditionally entitled to receive the shares on November 5, 2002. No other directors ceased employment or received any termination benefits during 2002 or 2003.

 
  44 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

(4) The MTIP column shows the cash value of bonuses earned under this deferred bonus plan in respect of 2003. These cash values have been converted into ordinary shares at a price of 290.8 pence, which was the average market value of these shares during December 2002, and executive directors were awarded nil cost options over these shares in March 2004.
(5) The company receives a contribution of £93,617 from ICAP plc in consideration for making available Charles Gregson’s services as chairman of that company. Charles Gregson’s remuneration shown in the table above is net of that contribution.
(6) Non-executive directors’ fees include an element payable in the form of ordinary shares, as described in “Item 6.C. Board Practices — Policy on remuneration of non-executive directors”. The cash element of Christopher Powell’s fee is paid to BMP DDB Limited, while that of John Botts is paid to Botts & Company Limited.

Base Salary and Benefits

        Executive directors’ remuneration comprises base salary and benefits, pension provisions and a cash bonus based on personal and corporate annual performance measures. Executive directors also participate in the company’s executive share option scheme.

        Base salary for each director is determined annually with effect from January 1. The Company regularly participates in executive remuneration surveys that provide information on the practice of other major public companies to measure the competitiveness of the directors’ base salaries as well as variable remuneration. In addition to measurement against competitive market data, factors such as inflation, the individual’s responsibilities, the company’s performance and the salary policy throughout the Group as a whole are taken into account when determining basic salary levels. Base salary levels for executive directors were increased by 3 percent with effect from 1 January 2004, the first increase that has been made since 1 January 2001.

Annual Bonus

        Executive directors are eligible for an annual bonus dependent on the achievement of stretching performance measures which customarily include a combination of factors recognizing both relevant company performance and individual objectives. These measures are reviewed annually and new objectives set by the committee at the start of each financial year. Targets for the year ended December 31, 2003 included earnings per share, operating profits, cash conversion and development activity. Specific weightings are attached to each objective. The part of the bonus payable in cash is normally capped at 60 percent of base salary, with the full bonus becoming payable only if targets are substantially exceeded. The individual may be invited to invest his bonus in the company’s Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan, details of which can be found below.

Medium Term Incentive Plan (“MTIP”)

        Following its review of performance related remuneration the committee has introduced a share element to the annual bonus plan, known as the Medium Term Incentive Plan. During 2003, this afforded directors the opportunity to earn up to a further 40 percent of base salary in the form of shares in the company. Awards for each director under the MTIP are linked to his objectives for the annual cash bonus but require more stretching performance to achieve the maximum award. Performance is measured over the company’s financial year and awards will take the form of nil cost options over the company’s shares, the number to be calculated using the average share price for the month preceding the start of that financial year. Thus the first awards, to be made in March 2004, will be based on company’s results for the 2003 financial year with the number of options granted being calculated by reference to the average share price during December 2002. Awards made in March 2004 will vest as to 50 percent in January 2006 and the balance in January 2007, provided the director remains in the group’s employment. Awards will also vest if employment ceases due to redundancy, disability, injury, death or retirement at or after contractual retirement age. Only purchased shares may be used to fulfill awards under the MTIP.

 
  45 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Share Ownership

        Of the total number of options to subscribe for Ordinary Shares outstanding at December 31, 2003, 4,153,756 options were held by directors and executive officers of UBM, including 29,449 options under the SAYE Schemes and 4,124,307 options under the Executive Schemes (each as described below). Certain information concerning options, excluding the shares transferable under the SEEPP and LTIP schemes (each as described below), held by directors and executive officers of UBM at December 31, 2003 is set forth below:

Year ended December 31

Name of director or officer
Number of Ordinary Shares
over which options were
exercised/lapsed during the year
Number of Ordinary Shares
over which options were
granted during the year
Number of Ordinary
Shares
issuable upon exercise
Charles Gregson  31,554        128,187        852,894       
Clive Hollick  32,922   125,880   1,736,223  
Malcolm Wall    120,000   825,587  
Nigel Wilson    131,060   739,060  
 
Total  64,476   505,127   4,153,764  
 

        Certain information concerning options and shares granted during the year and held by directors and executive officers of UBM at December 31, 2003 is set out below:

          As at
December 31, 2003

Bonus
Sacrificed
(£)
Price
(p)
Ordinary
Shares/options
Exercise period Ordinary
Shares/
options held
B Shares/
options held
Charles Gregson(1)   138,960   228.11   121,836   04.11.07 — 04.11.13   202,047   31,879  
Nigel Wilson(1)   68,200   228.11   59,796   04.11.07 — 04.11.13   59,796    

_________________

(1) The director gave up a cash bonus that would otherwise have been receivable by him in order to receive awards under the SEEPP Scheme. The bonus was paid to the director’s funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme, or FURBS, and used by the FURBS Trustees to purchase shares from the SEEPP Trustees. A matching award was granted over an equal number of shares. The table shows the total bonus shares and matching awards.

        Executive directors previously participated in a long-term incentive plan based on Group performance over three year cycles. Following a review of its long-term incentive arrangements, the Company decided to discontinue this plan and to replace it with a new executive share option scheme in which both executive directors and selected employees of the Group are entitled to participate. The last awards under the LTIP were made in 2000.

Pension Entitlement

        Clive Hollick and Charles Gregson are members of the United Pension Plan which is an approved defined benefit scheme. The company meets the full cost of the benefits. Normal retirement age is 60. The pension entitlement is two thirds of Final Pensionable Salary, which is the annual average of the best three consecutive Pensionable Salaries in the last ten years.

 
  46 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        Under Clive Hollick’s service contract, bonuses are not pensionable. If he remains in office until normal retirement age of 60 (20 May 2005) he will receive his already earned pension entitlement of £726,000 per annum. If he retires earlier this entitlement will be reduced pro rata on a sliding scale. The pension would normally also be subject to a discount if drawn prior to normal retirement date. If Clive Hollick’s service were terminated by the company following a change of control he would be entitled to receive the pension of £726,000 per annum, reduced to reflect completed service plus his one year’s notice period.

        Under the terms of Charles Gregson’s service contract, the definition of Pensionable Salary includes annual bonus up to 50 percent of base salary; this is a longstanding term of his service contract. If Charles Gregson’s service were terminated by the company without his consent he would be entitled to an immediate pension calculated as a proportion of his pension entitlement at age 60, based on his Final Pensionable Salary at the date of termination.

        As members of the United Pension Plan Clive Hollick and Charles Gregson receive increases on their pensions in payment of 5 percent per annum or RPI, if less, for all pensionable service. The widow’s pension for the two executive directors is two thirds of their pension.

        The company contributes to personal pension plans for Malcolm Wall and Nigel Wilson.

        The following tables show the pension figures required to be disclosed by both the Act (Table 1) and the current UKLA listing rules (Table 2) which have not, as yet, been withdrawn.

        Table 1 shows accrued pension entitlements at 31 December 2003 for Clive Hollick and Charles Gregson with the increase in pension accrued during the year together with prior year and current year end transfer values. These transfer values represent the amount that would have been payable assuming the director left service at the year end.

        Details of the contributions paid by the company during the year to personal pension plans in respect of the other executive directors are also shown. Payments in excess of Inland Revenue maximum limits are paid as benefits in kind and shown as such in the remuneration table above.

Table 1

Name
Current
age
Accrued
pension at
year end
December 31,
2003
£000 pa
Increase in
accrued pension
during the year
ended
December 31, 2003
£000 pa
Transfer value
December 31,
2002
£000
Increase in
Transfer
Transfer
value
December 31, 2003
£000
Value for
year ended
December 31, 2003
£000
Clive Hollick   58   672   39   10,065   11,244   1,179  
Charles Gregson  56   359   3   4,935   5,335   400  

Name
Normal
retirement
age
Pension contribution Company pension
contributions for the year
ended December 31, 2003
£000
Malcolm Wall 
60 
15% of full year’s basic salary 
49 
Nigel Wilson 
60 
20% of full year’s basic salary 
62 

Table 2

Name
Current
age
Accrued pension at
year ended
December 31, 2003
£000
Increase in accrued pension
during the year ended
December 31, 2003 in excess
of inflation
£000
Transfer Value for year
ended December 31, 2003
of increase in excess
of inflation
£000
Clive Hollick 
58 
672 
  28          461        
Charles Gregson 
56 
359 
  (3 )        (49 )      

 
  47 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

C. BOARD PRACTICES

        The Company’s Articles of Association provide for a board consisting of not less than three nor more than 20 directors. At December 31, 2003 there were ten directors in office.

        Under the Company’s Articles of Association, at each Annual General Meeting any director then in office, who has been appointed by the board since the previous Annual General Meeting and any director who at the date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting had held office for more than thirty months since he was last appointed or re-appointed by the Company at a general meeting, shall retire from office but is eligible for re-appointment.

  Year ended December 31, 2003

Name
Title
Resignation
date
Director
and/or
executive
officer since
Year current
term expires
Clive Hollick  Chief Executive    
1996
2005
Charles Gregson  Executive Director    
1996
2005
Nigel Wilson  Chief Financial Officer    
2001
2004
Malcolm Wall  Chief Operating Officer    
2001
2004
John Botts (2) (3)  Non-executive Director    
1997
2004
Christopher Powell (1) (3)  Non-executive Director    
1996
2005
Geoffrey Unwin (3)  Non-executive Director    
1996
2003
Fields Wicker-Miurin (2)  Non-executive Director 
May 6, 2004 
1998
2004
Adair Turner (1) (2)  Non-executive Director    
2000
2003
Jonathan Newcomb (1) (2)  Non-executive Director    
2001
2005

_________________

(1) Member of remuneration committee
(2) Member of audit committee
(3) Member of nomination committee

Directors’ Service Contracts

        It is the company’s policy that all executive directors should have service contracts that are terminable on no more than one year’s notice and that contracts should not have a fixed term. Contracts provide for automatic termination on retirement at age sixty. All directors are subject to re-election by shareholders every three years.

 
  48 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

The dates on which each executive director’s service contract commenced are as follows:
Clive Hollick, 31 October 2001;
Charles Gregson, 31 December 2001;
Malcolm Wall, 24 November 2000;
Nigel Wilson, 6 July 2001.

        The description “Item 6.B. Compensation — Pension Entitlement”, sets out the calculation of Clive Hollick’s pension entitlement, if his service were terminated by the company following a change of control. If Clive Hollick or Charles Gregson’s employment were terminated other than for cause (summary dismissal), they would be entitled to a payment, calculated by reference to their unexpired period of notice, of up to one year’s salary, benefits and 50 percent of average bonus over the preceding three years (excluding any special bonus). Under Malcolm Wall and Nigel Wilson’s contracts, any payment on early termination would be by reference to the unexpired period of notice, subject to a duty to mitigate.

The Board

        The board has overall responsibility to shareholders for the management of the group. The primary function of the board is to set the group’s strategy and to oversee the effective implementation of that strategy. A formal schedule of matters to be considered by the board is in place and is reviewed annually. This includes matters such as annual budget, investment strategy, dividend policy, substantial property transactions, and approval of the annual report. There is an established agenda of items to be considered at board meetings covering the group’s finances, operations, management, strategy and development. The board also receives presentations from executive directors and from divisional management and other senior executives on specific issues. The chairman meets separately with the chief executive on a regular basis and other informal meetings and discussions take place between directors as appropriate. The board receives monthly written reports from the chief executive, chief financial officer and chief operating officer as well as management accounts and other financial information. The board met formally on nine occasions during 2003; all meetings were fully attended.

        The board is assisted in fulfilling its responsibilities by three principal committees, the audit, remuneration and nomination committees. Details of the activities of the committees are set out below. The nomination committee is chaired by Geoff Unwin and its other members are John Botts and Chris Powell. Clive Hollick previously served on the committee and stepped down during the year following a review of membership. The committee meets as required to review the structure, size and composition of the board and to oversee the recruitment of new board members, both executive and non-executive.

        The terms of reference for all committees were reviewed and updated during the year. These may be viewed on the company’s website and copies can be obtained from the company secretary, who acts as secretary to all three committees.

Directors

        There are ten board members in total, comprising the chairman (part-time), chief executive, three other executives and five non-executive directors. Prior to his appointment as chairman, Geoff Unwin was an independent non-executive director of the company. The roles of chairman and chief executive are separate, and John Botts is the senior independent non-executive director. The board believes that a strong presence of non-executive directors is a key aspect of effective corporate governance. The board assesses and periodically reviews the independence of its non-executive directors; all are considered to be independent. Adair Turner is a vice-chairman of Merrill Lynch Europe; this role is unconnected with the services provided by Merrill Lynch. Biographies of all the directors currently in office are set out in “Item 6.A. Directors and Senior Management” and illustrate

 
  49 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

their range of experience.

        Under the company’s articles of association, at each annual general meeting any director then in office who has been appointed by the board since the previous annual general meeting and any director who at the date of the notice convening the meeting had held office for more than thirty months since he was last appointed or re-appointed by the company in general meeting shall retire from office but is eligible for re-appointment. Non-executive directors’ appointments are reviewed every three years.

        The chairman is responsible for overseeing the operation of the board but takes no part in the day to day running of the business. In addition to his chairmanship of the company, Geoff Unwin is chairman of Trigenix Limited. During 2003 he also assumed the chairmanship of Halma plc, of which he was previously a director, and of Liberata plc; he was also appointed to the advisory board of Hartwell plc.

        Directors have the opportunity to discuss matters relating to the effectiveness of the board in individual discussions with the chairman. These discussions form part of the process of individual assessment of directors. A process of board evaluation has also been initiated whereby the board evaluates its performance and that of its committees. This involves the completion of a detailed questionnaire and commentary by individual directors on a confidential basis, the results being co-ordinated and reported back to the board by the company secretary.

        All directors have access to the advice and services of the company secretary, who has primary responsibility for keeping directors informed of general developments which may be of relevance to their responsibilities. All directors are offered the opportunity to further their professional development by means of attendance at seminars and briefings. On appointment, all non-executive directors have discussions with the chairman and chief executive as well as briefings from senior management on matters relating to the group’s businesses and procedures. Non-executive directors are encouraged to meet with members of senior management on an individual basis and to visit the group’s operations.

        All board members also participate in the group’s annual management conference which takes place over several days, is attended by senior divisional and head office executives and affords a valuable opportunity for discussion of the group’s strategy and its businesses.

        The board has three principal committees, all of which have written terms of reference. Details of these committees are as follows:

Remuneration Committee

        Responsible for the overall structure of remuneration lies with the board, which has delegated to the remuneration committee responsibility for formulating and recommending policy on executive remuneration. Within the terms of the agreed policy, the committee approves the specific components of remuneration packages of all executive directors and the chairman. It also reviews the general remuneration framework of senior executives and makes awards under the company’s option and incentive plans. All committee members are independent non-executive directors. Membership of the committee was reviewed during 2003 in the light of recommendations made by the Higgs Report, which have since been incorporated into the new combined code on corporate governance which applies to accounting periods starting on or after 1 November 2003. Since 1 August 2003 the committee has been chaired by Chris Powell and its other members are Jonathan Newcomb and Adair Turner. Prior to that date the committee was chaired by John Botts, and during 2003 Geoff Unwin and Fields Wicker-Miurin also served on the committee. Geoff Unwin continues to attend committee meetings by invitation, except when matters relating to his own remuneration are discussed. The committee’s terms of reference have been amended and can be viewed on the company’s website; copies may also be obtained from the

 
  50 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

company secretary.

        As the majority of the group’s business is outside the United Kingdom, the company competes in the international market place to recruit and retain executives of the highest quality and with the appropriate mix of skills and experience. As part of the committee’s remit it periodically reviews the company’s remuneration policy relative to that of other companies with which it competes for talent, and benchmarks the remuneration packages of executive directors against their peers. The committee appointed a firm of external advisers, New Bridge Street Consultants, to assist it in this process and in formulating its proposals on performance-related remuneration. The committee also receives advice internally from the legal and personnel director Jane Stables and the company secretary Anne Siddell, who is secretary to the committee. The chief executive assists the committee in formulating performance conditions for executives reporting to him, and attends meetings by invitation except where matters relating to his own remuneration are discussed.

        The remuneration committee met on six occasions during 2003. With the exception of one meeting, which Jonathan Newcomb was unable to attend, there was full attendance by all directors at all meetings.

Policy on Remuneration of Non-executive Directors

        The fees of the chairman and non-executive directors are considered and approved by the board as a whole, having regard to current market practice. In order to align the interests of the chairman and non-executive directors more closely with those of shareholders, part of their fees are paid in the form of ordinary shares. All non-executive directors with the exception of the chairman receive a fee of £25,000 per annum which is paid in cash. A further £10,000 per annum is provisionally allocated in the form of ordinary shares in the company. The directors will become entitled to receive these shares when they leave the board, subject to certain conditions. The directors’ fees include membership of board committees; an additional payment is made to the chairmen of the remuneration and audit committees respectively. This payment was increased from £5,000 to £10,000 per annum during 2003. John Botts, as senior independent director, receives a fee of £45,000 per annum, of which £10,000 is provisionally allocated in the form of shares as described above.

        Geoff Unwin’s contract, which was entered into on 5 November 2002, is terminable by either party on not less than twelve months’ notice. He receives a fee of £100,000 per annum paid in cash and a further £100,000 per annum is provisionally allocated in the form of ordinary shares in the company as described above. Geoff Unwin’s contract contains no provision for payment of compensation on early termination. The other non-executive directors do not have service contracts with the company; each has a notice period of 6 months. Their terms of appointment contain no provision for payment of compensation on early termination. Non-executive directors are not entitled to participate in the company’s share option or pension schemes. Each director’s appointment (including that of the chairman) is reviewed every 3 years. The table below shows the date on which each non-executive director was first appointed to the board and the year in which he or she was last re-elected by shareholders.

Director
Date of appointment Date of last  reelection
Geoff Unwin  April 1996                        2003      
John Botts  July 1997   2001  
Jonathan Newcomb  September 2001   2002  
Christopher Powell  April 1996   2002  
Adair Turner  January 2000   2003  
Fields Wicker-Miurin  March 1998   2001  

 
  51 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Policy on Remuneration of Executive Directors

        All of the Company’s personnel policies, including its policy on remuneration for executive directors, are driven by the requirement to attract, motivate and retain the best available talent in highly competitive markets.

        The Company aims to strike an appropriate balance between fixed and performance related or variable remuneration. Non-performance related aspects include base salary, cash allowances and contributions to pensions arrangements. Performance related aspects include annual bonus arrangements and other equity based long term incentive arrangements, such as executive option schemes and equity participation plans. By this means the Company is better able to recognize and reward outstanding performance and contribution at the appropriate level. The committee believes the contribution made by the performance related elements of the director’s packages should incentivize at the appropriate level the achievement of stretching corporate goals for the benefit of shareholders. The committee believes that executive directors’ pay arrangements ensure that they work effectively as a team in addition to encouraging individual creativity and delivery against goals.

        The Company encourages directors to build a shareholding in the Company by means of the Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan (“SEEPP”) which is described below. There is no requirement for directors to hold shares in the Company.

Audit Committee

        The audit committee is chaired by Adair Turner and its other members are John Botts, Jonathan Newcomb and Fields Wicker-Miurin, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. Geoff Unwin was previously a member of the committee and stepped down following a review of committee membership following publication of the Smith Guidance appended to the Revised Code, which recommended that the chairman of the company should not serve on the audit committee. The committee meets at least four times a year; it met four times during 2003 and all meetings were fully attended. The company secretary is secretary to the committee and others invited to attend committee meetings include the chief financial officer, deputy CFO, head of internal audit, head of taxation and external auditors. The committee chairman also meets at least once a year with external auditors without management present.

        The committee operates within written terms of reference. Its responsibilities include the following: —

    Review of the interim and annual financial statements and other formal announcements relating to financial performance.

    Review of the adequacy of the group’s internal central and risk management processes, and to review the company’s disclosure on internal controls and procedures.

    The appointment, remuneration and oversight of the external auditor, including monitoring the auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process.

    Review of the internal audit programme, ensuring that the internal audit function is adequately resourced and has appropriate standing within the company and generally monitoring its effectiveness.

    Ensure that procedures are in place to deal with complaints regarding accounting or audit matters.


  52 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        To assist in ensuring auditor objectivity and independence, the audit committee has established a formal procedure regarding the undertaking of non-audit services by the external auditor, which prohibits the provision of such services in specified areas, including financial due diligence on potential acquisitions and financial systems consultancy. Appointment of the external auditor for other non-audit services may only be made with the prior approval of the audit committee. Approval for projects with anticipated fees not exceeding specified limits is delegated to the chief financial officer or deputy CFO and is reported to the committee.

Nomination Committee

        The nomination committee is chaired by Geoffrey Unwin. Its other members are Chris Powell and John Botts. The committee meets as required to review the structure, size and composition of the board and to identify candidates, both executive and non-executive, whose skills and experience are considered to be of value to the Company.

        In addition to the principal committees, the finance committee, comprising any two directors to include at least one of the chief executive or chief financial officer, approves and facilitates the Group’s treasury and financial operations within limits established by the board. The company secretary acts as secretary to all the above committees.

Internal Control

        The board is responsible for maintaining the effectiveness of the group’s system of internal controls and for reviewing the effectiveness of such systems. The system is intended to enable the group to identify and manage the risks inherent in its business and accordingly can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

        A formal process is in place for identifying, evaluating and managing the key financial, operating and compliance risks faced by the group. This process, which was in place throughout 2003 and continues in force, accords with the Turnbull guidance issued in September 1999 and is reviewed annually by the board. The process, which is undertaken at a divisional level, aims to identify and evaluate risks which are specific to each of the group’s businesses. The results are coordinated by the internal audit department, reviewed centrally by senior management, and considered by the audit committee, which in turn reports to the board. The process established for the group includes the following:—

    All staff are required to comply with a formal system of delegated authorities which is in place for all divisions and head office.

    Further guidance on group policies and procedures is set out in various manuals including the financial policies and procedures manual, group policy manual and employee handbooks.

    An anti malpractice policy is in place throughout the group which provides a mechanism for confidential reporting by staff of possible concerns about financial or other matters.

    Treasury operations and taxation matters are considered by the finance committee, a management committee which operates within specified delegated authorities and reports to the board. Meetings are customarily attended by the chief executive, chief financial officer, deputy CFO, company secretary, head of taxation and head of treasury.

 
  53 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC


    The group has a comprehensive financial reporting system, with the annual budget being approved by the board and monthly trading results, balance sheets and cashflow summaries recorded against corresponding figures for the budget and the previous year.

    The chief executive and chief financial officer are responsible for certifying the company’s annual financial statements, which process is supported by certification for the individual businesses from divisional CEOs and finance directors. This process is further underpinned by a disclosure committee, chaired by the company secretary, which reviews the information contained in the company’s financial statements and results presentations, and the method by which such information is gathered and evaluated by senior management.

    Established procedures are in place for the evaluation of potential acquisitions and their integration into the group, including the provision of detailed business plans and monitoring of post acquisition performance against such plans.

    The internal audit department undertakes periodic reviews of individual businesses to assess their control status and makes recommendations to the audit committee. The work of the internal audit department is prioritized to concentrate on the areas of greatest risk as identified through the group risk management process. The audit committee oversees the role and structure of the internal audit department and makes recommendations to management

D. EMPLOYEES

        The table below sets out the number of employees by geography:

  As at December 31

2001 2002 2003
United Kingdom, Europe and Middle East     2,822         2,388          2,686      
North America  3,576     3,103     2,893  
Pacific  323     330     332  



Total number of full-time employees                     6,721     5,821     5,911  



        The table below sets out the number of employees by category of business activity:

  As at December 31

2001 2002 2003
CMP Media  1,904         1,479            1,363       
CMP Asia  321     324     325  
CMP Information  1,201     815     1,042  
United Advertising Publications                    741     699     710  



Professional media  4,167     3,317     3,440  
News distribution  975     855     1,458  
Market research  1,471     1,546     808  
Other  108     103     205  



Total number of full-time employees  6,721     5,821     5,911  



        Employee numbers have been significantly impacted by the headcount reduction of over 2,600 staff as part of the cost reduction program since 2001.

        The Market Research division also utilized a significant number of temporary employees as part of its data collection processes. In 2003, an average of 5,480 (2002: 5,359; 2001: 6,223) temporary employees were used ranging from a low of 4,816 (2002: 4,710; 2001: 4,993) to a high of 6,104 (2002: 6,187; 2001: 8,736) due to seasonal variations.

 
  54 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

Directors’ Interests in UBM Ordinary Shares of 25p (“UBM Shares”)

        The interests of the directors in UBM Shares (all of which are beneficial) are shown as follows at January 1, 2003, December 31, 2003 and June 15, 2004.

Director
Ordinary
Shares at
January 1,
2003
Ordinary
Shares at
December 31,
2003
Ordinary
Shares at
June 15,
2004
SEEPP Bonus
Shares at
January 1,
2003
SEEPP Bonus
Shares at
December 31,
2003
SEEPP Bonus
Shares at
June 15,
2004
Clive Hollick   499,882   703,794   768,843   238,804      
Charles Gregson  305,186   420,694   505,598   32,270      
Nigel Wilson  19,449   19,449   19,449     29,898   63,022  
Malcolm Wall  12,427   12,427   12,427       14,299  
John Botts (1)  7,209   10,637   11,649        
Christopher Powell (1)   7,889   11,317   12,329        
Geoffrey Unwin (1)  9,168   39,789   49,910        
Fields Wicker-Miurin (1),(2)  5,462   8,890          
Adair Turner (1)  5,232   8,660   9,672        
Jonathan Newcomb (1)  3,104   6,532   7,544        
Christopher Hyman (3)             

(1) Interest of non-executive directors include provisional allocations of shares by way of remuneration as described in “Item 6.C. Board Practices — Policy on Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors”.
(2) Resigned on 6 May 2004
(3) Appointed on 7 May 2004

        Each of the directors holds less than 1 per cent of the Ordinary Shares of the Company as at December 31, 2003 and each Ordinary Share has the same voting rights.

        At December 31, 2003, the trustees of the United Business Media Employee Share Ownership Trust, and the Qualifying Employee Share Trust (QUEST) held a total of 1,194,044 UBM Ordinary Shares (2002: 1,482,768; 2001: 1,599,185) and 329,484 B Shares (2002: 529;530 2001: 1,446,982) and options over 623,593 UBM Ordinary Shares (2002: 1,332,707; 2001: 2,253,097) and 397,094 B Shares (2002: 1,165,572; 2001: 1,377,771). Under paragraph 2 of Schedule 13 of the Companies Act, the executive directors are deemed to be interested in these shares and options.

        The minimum price of UBM Ordinary Shares during the year was 193.5 pence and the maximum price was 515.0 pence.

 
  55 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Directors’ Interests in Options over UBM Shares

        The interests of the directors in options over UBM Shares are shown at January 1, 2003 and at December 31, 2003.

 

Date of Grant   Options
held at
1.1.03
  Exercised/
lapsed
during
2003
  Options
held at
12.31.03
  Exercise
period from
  Exercise
period
to
  Exercise
price (p)
  Market
price at
date of
exercise
  Total
gain on
exercise
Clive Hollick                                          
MAI Executive Schemes Oct 28, 1993   28,800   28,800   -   Oct 28, 1996   Oct 28, 2003   363.281   480.000  
£33,615
  Oct 13, 1994   44,800   -   44,800   Oct 13, 1997   Oct 13, 2004   374.219        
MAI Sharesave Scheme Oct 20, 1995   1,950   1,950   -   Dec 01, 2002   Jun 01, 2003   400.000        
United 1994 Executive Scheme           Sept 16, 1996   153,455   -   153,455   Sept 16, 1999   Sept 16, 2006   686.000        
United 2000 Executive Scheme DEC 18, 2000   152,500   -   152,500   DEC 18, 2003   DEC 18, 2010   843.000        
  DEC 18, 2000   152,500   -   152,500   DEC 18, 2004   DEC 18, 2010   843.000        
  May 8, 2001   152,500   -   152,500   May 8, 2004   May 8, 2011   724.800        
  May 8, 2001   152,500   -   152,500   May 8, 2005   May 8, 2011   724.800        
  DEC 19, 2001   150,000   -   150,000   DEC 19, 2004   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  DEC 19, 2001   150,000   -   150,000   DEC 19, 2004   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  Aug 22, 2002   250,000   -   250,000   Aug 22, 2005   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  Aug 22, 2002   250,000   -   250,000   Aug 22, 2006   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  Apr 9, 2003   -   -   120,000   APR 9, 2006   APR 9, 2013   247.250        
United SAYE Scheme Nov 01, 1996   1,464   -   1,464   Feb 01, 2004   Aug 01, 2004   532.600        
  Oct 31, 1997   616   -   616   Feb 01, 2004   Aug 01, 2005   632.700        
  APR 20, 2001   1,382   1,382   -   Jun 01, 2006   DEC 01, 2006   488.300        
  APR 15, 2002   790   790   -   Jun 01, 2005   DEC 01, 2005   480.600        
  APR 10, 2003   -   -   5,888   Jun 01, 2006   DEC 01, 2006   160.48        

Charles Gregson                                  
MAI Executive Schemes Oct 28, 1993   28,800   28,800   -   Oct 28, 1996   Oct 28, 2003   363.281   431.17  
£19,552
  Oct 13, 1994   44,800   -   44,800   Oct 13, 1997   Oct 13, 2004   374.219        
United 1994 Executive Scheme Sept 16, 1996   69,252   -   69,252   Sept 16, 1999   Sept 16, 2006   686.000        
United 2000 Executive Scheme DEC 18, 2000   52,500   -   52,500   DEC 18, 2003   DEC 18, 2010   843.000        
  DEC 18, 2000   52,500   -   52,500   DEC 18, 2004   DEC 18, 2010   843.000        
  May 08, 2001   52,500   -   52,500   May 08, 2004   May 08, 2011   724.800        
  May 08, 2001   52,500   -   52,500   May 08, 2005   May 08, 2011   724.800        
  DEC 19, 2001   75,000   -   75,000   DEC 19, 2004   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  DEC 19, 2001   75,000   -   75,000   DEC 19, 2005   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  Aug 22, 2002   125,000   -   125,000   Aug 22, 2005   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  Aug 22, 2002   125,000   -   125,000   Aug 22, 2006   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  APR 9, 2003   -   -   120,000   April 9, 2006   April 9, 2013   247.25        
 United SAYE Scheme DEC 15, 1998   655   -   655   Feb 01, 2004   Aug 01, 2004   514.800        
  APR 15, 2002   2,754   2,754   -   Jun 01, 2007   DEC 01, 2007   480.600        
  APR 10, 2003   -   -   8,187   Jun 01, 2008   DEC 01, 2008   160.48        

Malcolm Wall                                  
United 2000 Executive Scheme DEC 18, 2000   76,000   -   76,000   DEC 18, 2003   DEC 18, 2010   843.000        
  DEC 18, 2000   76,000   -   76,000   DEC 18, 2004   DEC 18, 2010   843.000        
  May 08, 2001   76,000   -   76,000   May 08, 2004   May 08, 2011   724.800        
  May 08, 2001   76,000   -   76,000   May 08, 2005   May 08, 2011   724.800        
  DEC 19, 2001   75,000   -   75,000   DEC 19, 2004   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  DEC 19, 2001   75,000   -   75,000   DEC 19, 2005   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  Aug 22, 2002   125,000   -   125,000   Aug 22, 2005   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  Aug 22, 2002   125,000   -   125,000   Aug 22, 2006   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  APR 9, 2003   -   -   120,000   APR 9, 2006   APR 9, 2013   247.25        
United SAYE Scheme APR 20, 2001   1,587   -   1,587   Jun 01, 2004   DEC 01, 2004   488.300        

Nigel Wilson                                  
United 2000 Executive Scheme Aug 08, 2001   104,000   -   104,000   Aug 08, 2004   Aug 08, 2011   595.700        
  Aug 08, 2001   104,000   -   104,000   Aug 08, 2005   Aug 08, 2011   595.700        
  DEC 19, 2001   75,000   -   75,000   DEC 19, 2004   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  DEC 19, 2001   75,000   -   75,000   DEC 19, 2005   DEC 19, 2011   529.000        
  Aug 22, 2002   125,000   -   125,000   Aug 22, 2005   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  Aug 22, 2002   125,000   -   125,000   Aug 22, 2006   Aug 22, 2012   277.200        
  APR 9, 2003   -   -   120,000   APR 9, 2006   APR 9, 2013   247.25        
  APR 10, 2003   -   -   11,060   June 01, 2010   DEC 01, 2010   160.48        

 
  56 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        Options granted under the 2000 scheme are subject to performance conditions as described in the discussion of Long Term Incentive Schemes below. Options granted to Clive Hollick, Charles Gregson and Malcolm Wall under the United 1994 Executive Scheme are subject to a performance condition which requires EPS growth to exceed the increase in the UK Retail Price Index by an average of 2 per cent per annum over a three year period. At the time of setting up the 1994 Executive Scheme this performance measure was in line with existing market practice. The performance condition has been met in respect of all outstanding options held by these executive directors under the United 1994 Executive Scheme, which are consequently fully vested. All options were granted at market value and for no consideration.

        Options granted to Clive Hollick and Charles Gregson under the MAI Executive Schemes are not subject to any performance conditions; at the time these schemes were established it was not customary to require performance conditions. All options were granted at market value of the corresponding MAI shares at the date of the grant and were converted into options over shares in the Company upon the merger of the Company and MAI in 1996. No consideration was payable for the grant of options under these schemes.

        Options granted under the MAI Sharesave scheme and United SAYE are not subject to performance conditions as these are all-employee schemes.

        There have been no variations in the terms and conditions of scheme interests during the year.

Directors’ Interests in Long Term Incentive Schemes

Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan (“SEEPP”)

 

 Shares/
options at
1.1.03+
Shares/
options
awarded/
(exercised)
in 2003
 Ordinary
Shares/
options at
12.31.03 +
 B
shares/
options at
12.31.03 +
 Bonus
amount*
 Price
paid  for
shares/
options (p)
Exercisable
from
Expiry
date
Market
value‡
Clive Hollick 48,414* (24,207) 24,207  n/a  n/a Sept 16, 2000  Jun 29, 2007
  26,516* 26,516 20,117 n/a n/a Mar 17, 2001 Jun 29, 2007 £114,450
  44,868* 44,868 34,038 n/a n/a Mar 18, 2002 Jun 29, 2007 £193,656
  257,176** (257,176) n/a n/a Sept 30, 2000 Jun 29, 2007
  32,634*** (32,634) n/a n/a DEC 03, 1999 Jun 29, 2010
  43,966* 43,966 33,354 n/a n/a Mar 03, 2004 Jun 29, 2010 £189,764

Charles Gregson 17,686* (8,842) 8,843   n/a n/a Sept 16, 2000 Jun 29, 2007
  6,582* 6,582 4,994 n/a n/a Mar 17, 2001 Jun 29, 2007 £ 28,411
  19,972* 19,972 15,152 n/a n/a Mar 18, 2002 Jun 29, 2007 £86,204
  12,388* 12,388 9,398 n/a n/a Mar 08, 2003 Jun 29, 2007 £53,469
  48,587*** (48,587) n/a n/a DEC 03, 1999 Jun 29, 2010
  3,076* 3,076 2,335 n/a n/a Mar 03, 2004 Jun 29, 2010 £13,280
  23,850* 23,850 n/a n/a May 08, 2005 May 08, 2011 £58,611
  5,500* 5,500 n/a n/a Apr 16, 2006 APR 16, 2012 £13,516
  121,836* 121,836 138,960 228.11 APR 11, 2007 APR 11, 2013 £299,412

Nigel Wilson 59,796* 59,796 68,200 228.11 APR 11, 2007 APR 11, 2013 £146,949

        Awards becoming exercisable on or after March 3, 2004 were granted under the 2000 SEEPP. Awards becoming exercisable prior to March 3, 2004 were granted under the 1996 SEEPP, which operates in a similar manner to the 2000 SEEPP, except that the matching awards are subject to a longer vesting period (up to seven years) but no performance conditions are attached.

*  The directors gave up cash bonuses that would otherwise have been receivable by them in order to receive awards under the SEEPP. For Clive Hollick and Charles Gregson The bonus was paid to each individual’s funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme (“FURBS”) and used by the FURBS Trustees to purchase shares from the SEEPP Trustees at full market value. A matching award was granted over an equal number of shares. The table shows the total bonus shares and matching awards. The bonus shares are included in the director’s beneficial interest in shares shown previously; the amount used to purchase the bonus shares was included in the director’s reported remuneration for the year in which the award was made.
**  This award comprises 222,487 bonus options and 34,869 matching awards to Clive Hollick in exchange for options previously held under the Meridian Broadcasting Executive Share Option Scheme.
***  These options were granted in exchange for options previously held under the MAI 1989 Purchase Only Share Option Scheme, the rights to which were waived by Clive Hollick and Charles Gregson.
+  The SEEPP bonus shares/options and matching awards were adjusted to reflect the capital reorganization which took place on 23 April 2001, whereby every shareholder received 44 B shares and 29 new ordinary share in place of every 44 ordinary shares previously held.
 Market value of the matching awards is calculated at 491.5 pence per ordinary share, the closing mid-market price on December 31, 2003, and 245 pence per B Share.

 
  57 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Shares
allocated at
1.1.03
Shares lapsed
during
2003
Shares vested
during
2003
Value
of award
at date
of grant
Shares
allocated at
12.31.03
Clive Hollick  
75,435 
75,435 
 
£648,900 
 

Charles Gregson  
43,594 
43,594
 
 
£375,000 
 

Malcolm Wall  
29,063 
29,063 
 
£254,645 
 

        Awards under the LTIP were made in the form of a provisional allocation of shares which become receivable on or after the third anniversary of the allocation date, subject to the performance condition being met. This condition requires the group’s total shareholder return (i.e. share price movement and dividends paid), when compared with that of FTSE 100 companies over the three year period, to place the group in at least 50th position within the FTSE 100. The last awards under the LTIP were made in 2000. The performance condition was not met in relation to these awards, which lapsed on 3 March 2003. No further awards will be made.

Changes in Directors’ Interests since December 31, 2003

        There were no other changes to the interests of directors in UBM Shares or in options over UBM Shares between December 31, 2003 and May 31, 2004.

Share Ownership Schemes

        UBM has established a number of employee share schemes providing for the issuance of Ordinary Shares and to which the following limits apply:

(1)  

The overall number of shares which may be issued or issuable under the UBM Share Options Schemes in any ten year period may not exceed 50,528,525 UBM shares.

 
  58 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC


(2)  

The overall number of shares which may be issued or issuable under executive incentives under the UBM share option schemes in any ten year period may not exceed 25,264,262 UBM shares. Premium priced options under the UBM 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme shall be excluded from this limit.


(3)  

These limits do not apply to UBM shares issued or issuable to employees who left the UBM Group as a result of disposals agreed before December 31, 2000.


Details of each of the schemes are provided below.

Outstanding Options

        Information concerning options outstanding under UBM’s employee share schemes at December 31, 2003 is set out below:

Title of Scheme
Number of Ordinary
Shares issuable
upon exercise
Range of
exercise prices(p)
Range of
exercise dates
United Executive Schemes   18,909,663   247.3-867.2  1997-2013 
United SAYE Schemes   2,398,812   160.5-632.7  2000-2010 
MAI Executive Schemes(1)   180,480   374.2-490.6  1997-2005 
United International schemes   1,196,852   160.5-514.8  2002-2008 

_________________

(1) The number of shares under option has been restated as though they were UBM, not MAI shares, following the merger or Blenheim Shares following the take-over.

UK Executive Share Option Scheme (and its successor scheme, the 1994 United Business Media UK Executive Share Option Scheme —“1994 UK Scheme” and the United Business Media 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme –“2000 Executive Scheme”)


        Full-time employees and executive directors of UBM and its subsidiaries resident in the United Kingdom may participate in the UK Executive Share Option Scheme (the “UK Executive Scheme”) at the discretion of UBM’s board. A participant is granted an option to subscribe for Ordinary Shares at a subscription price per Ordinary Share of not less than the higher of (i) the par value of an Ordinary Share and (ii) the average middle-market quotation for an Ordinary Share, as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange for the last three business days prior to the date of the grant of the option. Normally, options may only be exercised after the third anniversary of the date of grant. No consideration is paid by participants for the grant of an option under the UK Executive Scheme. Options lapse on the tenth anniversary of their grant to the extent they have not been exercised.

        The 1994 UK Executive Scheme was replaced in April 2000 by the 2000 Executive Scheme. Part A of the 2000 Executive Scheme is Revenue approved and options with an aggregate exercise price not exceeding £30,000 are granted to UK resident executives under this scheme. Options granted under the 2000 Scheme will lapse if not previously exercised on the tenth anniversary of their grant date. The exercise of the option is subject to a performance condition which requires growth in earnings per share to exceed inflation by an average of 3 per cent per annum for options up to a value of 0.75 times salary. In order for the whole award to vest, growth in earnings per share must exceed inflation by an average of 5 per cent per annum. A sliding scale applies between these two figures. These performance conditions are measured over a period of three to six years from the date of grant.

US Executive Share Option Scheme (and its successor schemes, the 1994 United Business Media International Executive Share Option Scheme -“1994 International Scheme” and the United Business Media 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme – “2000 Executive Scheme”)

 
  59 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        Full-time employees and executive directors of UBM and its subsidiaries resident in the United States may participate in the US Executive Share Option Scheme (the “US Executive Scheme”) at the discretion of UBM’s board. A participant is granted an option to subscribe for Ordinary Shares at a subscription price per Ordinary Share of not less than the higher of (i) the par value of an Ordinary Share and (ii) the average middle-market quotation for an Ordinary Share, as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange on the day preceding the date of the grant of the option. No participant may be granted options under the terms of the US Executive Scheme, which would result in options being exercisable for the first time in any calendar year exceeding in the aggregate subscription prices of $100,000. Normally, options may only be exercised after the third anniversary of the date of grant. No consideration is paid by participants for the grant of an option under the US Executive Scheme. Options lapse on the tenth anniversary of their grant to the extent they have not been exercised.

        The US Executive Scheme continues to apply in respect of options which remain outstanding, but was replaced by the 1994 International Scheme, which was approved by shareholders at the 1994 annual general meeting and applies to full-time employees and executive directors of UBM, both UK and non-U.K. resident. Options granted since 1994 cannot be exercised until the Group has achieved certain performance criteria (currently growth in earnings per share in excess of RPI by a total of six percentage points over a three year rolling period).

        The 1994 International Scheme continues to apply in respect of options which remain outstanding, but has effectively been replaced by the 2000 Executive Scheme, which was approved by shareholders at the 2000 annual general meeting and applies to full-time employees and executive directors of UBM, both UK and non-U.K. Resident

        There are three parts to the scheme, the first of which is approved by the Inland Revenue and is used to grant options to UK resident executives up to a maximum limit of £30,000. This replaces the 1994 UK Scheme. The other two parts of the scheme are not designed for Inland Revenue approval; the first of these, Part B, is used to grant options to non-U.K. Resident executives and UK resident executives who already hold more than £30,000 worth of outstanding approved options. Options under Part B may be designated as basic options (i.e. those granted at market value) or premium priced options, which may be granted at a premium of 25 per cent, 50 per cent or 75 per cent to the market value of the shares. The third part of the scheme is intended to allow the grant of approved options in the United States known as incentive stock options.

        There is no specified limit for the grant of options to individuals under this scheme but the committee will determine the appropriate level of each grant, having regard to corporate objectives, market forces and individual circumstances. Awards are made on a phased basis. It was decided in December 2000 to make an accelerated award of options to approximately twenty senior employees of the Group (including executive directors) over a period of two years with a maximum value of 12 times salary. This was considered to be appropriate given the wish to incentivize these individuals following the major re-focusing of the Group’s activities, particularly in light of the Group’s increased exposure to US markets and the need to compete for talent in the United States. Half of the options granted will vest after three years and the other half after four years, subject to achievement of the performance condition referred to below.

        Options granted under the 2000 Scheme will lapse (if not previously exercised) on the tenth anniversary of their grant. The exercise of the basic option is subject to a performance condition which requires growth in earnings per share to exceed inflation by an average of 3 per cent per annum for options up to a value of 0.75 times salary. In order for the whole award to vest, growth in earnings per share must exceed inflation by an average of 5 per cent per annum. A sliding scale applies between

 
  60 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

these two figures. These performance conditions are measured over a period of three to six years from the date of grant. Premium priced options require real earnings per share growth of 3 per cent per annum over a rolling three year period.

Save As You Earn Share Option Scheme (and its successor scheme, the 1994 United Business Media SAYE Share Option Scheme -“1994 SAYE Scheme”)

        Employees and executive directors of UBM and its subsidiaries in the United Kingdom who have been employed for at least three months may participate in the Save As You Earn Share Option Scheme (“SAYE Scheme”). A participant in the SAYE Scheme is granted an option to subscribe for Ordinary Shares at a subscription price per Ordinary Share of not less than the higher of (i) the par value of an Ordinary Share and (ii) eighty percent of the average middle-market quotation for an Ordinary Share, as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange for the last three business days in the week immediately prior to the week during which the option is offered. The participant is required to enter into a three, five or seven-year SAYE contract pursuant to which he agrees to save a certain sum, subject to maximum limits set by Statute. Normally, options may only be exercised within the six-month period following the end of the relevant period of the participant’s SAYE contract, using the proceeds from the SAYE contract only, which include a fixed bonus payable at the end of the elected term. No consideration is paid by participants for the grant of an option under the SAYE Scheme.

International Sharesave Plan

        This Plan was approved by UBM shareholders in October 1997 and was introduced on similar terms to the 1994 SAYE Scheme, allowing for regional variations, for the benefit of employees of overseas subsidiaries. The Plan enables employees to acquire options over Ordinary Shares in UBM at a discount of up to 20 per cent of their market price using the proceeds of a three or five year savings contract.

        The first invitations under this plan (“United International Sharesave Plan”) were issued to US employees in December 1997 and in December 1998 the plan was extended to eligible employees in France, Germany, Hong Kong and Singapore. Options under the United International Sharesave Plan are granted in local currency.

1996 Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan-1996 Scheme” (and its successor scheme United Business Media 2000 Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan “SEEPP 2000”)

        At the invitation of the Remuneration Committee, senior executives (including directors) elect to receive interests in Ordinary Shares instead of part of their remuneration. Mourant & Co., a Jersey Company, which is the trustee of the United Business Media Employees’ Share Ownership Plan Trust, purchases Ordinary Shares in the market to the value of the remuneration foregone by the executive who is granted an option over these Ordinary Shares which can be exercised at a nominal price between four years and seven years from the date of grant.

        At the same time, the executive is granted a right to purchase a matching number of Ordinary Shares at a nominal price (“matching option”). The matching option can in normal circumstances only be exercised if the executive is still employed by the Group four years after the date of grant. The matching option can only be exercised as follows:

Length of time after date of grant
% of matching option exercisable
Less than 4 years   0 %  
4 years  50 %
5 years  65 %
6 years  80 %
6 years 10 months  100 %

 
  61 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        Options may be granted to the trustee during the six weeks following the announcement of the Company’s results for any period. The subscription price at which options may be granted to the trustee will be equal to the middle market quotation of one Ordinary Share (as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange) on the last dealing day before the date of grant. Such options will be taken into account for the purposes of determining the limits on options which can be granted under the Company’s executive share option schemes.

        In the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital, the Remuneration Committee will determine the adjustments (if any) to be made to the number of Ordinary Shares subject to the trustee’s options and the subscription price. The Company will provide the trustee with funds to enable it to exercise any options to subscribe for Ordinary Shares at the relevant subscription prices or to purchase Ordinary Shares in the market for the purposes of the SEEPP. The trustee may not acquire Ordinary Shares which would result in its holding more than 5 per cent of the Company’s issued share capital for the time being.

        The Remuneration Committee may introduce variations in the terms of the SEEPP to provide for different circumstances, but without materially affecting its basic parameters. Varying levels of numbers of Ordinary Shares subject to matching options may be introduced. The following variations apply to options granted to US employees. A bonus option is granted over shares to the value of the remuneration foregone at half the market price and a matching option is granted over half of the number of shares subject to the bonus option. The options can be exercised in the same circumstances outlined above but the executive must pay an exercise price equal to half the market value at the date of grant.

        The 2000 SEEPP replaced the 1996 SEEPP in April 2000 and operates in the same way, except that a matching award will normally be exercisable in full between the fourth and tenth anniversaries of its grant, but only to the extent that the attached bonus shares remain unexercised. One third of a matching award is not contingent on a performance condition while the remaining two thirds do require a performance condition to be met.

        One third of a matching option will always be exercisable, regardless of the growth (if any) in the earnings per share of the Company; a further one third of a matching option will be exercisable if, looking at the financial year immediately preceding the Grant Date and the fourth financial year following that earlier financial year, the earnings per share of the Company for the later financial year is equal to or exceeds its earnings per share for the earlier one by the following percentage:

    100% x ((R2-R1)/R1) + 12%, where R1 is the retail prices index for the last month in the earlier year and R2 is the retail prices index for the last month in the later year;

    subject to the paragraph below, a further one third of a matching option will be exercisable if, looking at the financial year immediately preceding the Grant Date and the fourth financial year following that earlier financial year, the earnings per share of the Company for the later financial year is equal to or exceeds its earnings per share for the earlier one by the following percentage:

    - 100% x ((R2-R1)/R1) + 20%, where R1 is the retail prices index for the last month in the earlier year and R2 is the retail prices index for the last month in the later year; and

    for growth in the earnings per share of the Company in excess of the retail prices index of more than 12 per cent but less than 20 per cent during the periods mentioned above, one third of the matching option will be exercisable on a straightline basis.

 
  62 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC


Long Term Incentive Plan

        The LTIP is a performance-related long term incentive plan restricted to directors and a select number of senior executives who are considered to make a substantial contribution to the long term success of the Group and who are not within two years of their contractual retirement date. Participants in the LTIP are also eligible to participate in the SEEPP.

        Awards under the LTIP were made in the form of a provisional allocation of shares which become receivable on or after the third anniversary of the allocation date, subject to the performance condition being met. This condition requires the Group’s total shareholder return (i.e. share price movement and dividends paid), when compared with that of FTSE 100 companies over the three year period, to place the Group in at least 50th position within the FTSE 100. The shares will vest in full at 25th position or above, while 20 per cent of the share will vest at 50th position. Shares will be allocated proportionately on a sliding scale between 25th and 50th position. Limited re-testing was allowed if the condition was not met after the third year.

        The last awards under the LTIP were made in 2000. The performance condition was not met in relation to these awards, which lapsed on 3 March 2003.

        The Company attained 46th position in the FTSE 100 in relation to the 1999 LTIP awards; as a result, 28 per cent of these awards vested and were transferred to participants on or after March 23, 2002. The unvested portion lapsed.

The MAI Schemes

        As a result of the merger between UBM and MAI, employees with options over MAI shares granted under the MAI Schemes were entitled to exchange those options for options of equivalent value over Ordinary Shares. Following the merger, no further options may be granted under the MAI Schemes and options to acquire Ordinary Shares may be exercised in accordance with the rules of the MAI Schemes as follows:

The MAI 1984 Share Option Scheme and the MAI 1991 Executive Share Option Scheme

        The MAI 1984 Share Option Scheme and MAI 1991 Executive Share Option Scheme are approved by the Inland Revenue. Options may normally be exercised between the third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant.

The MAI Sharesave Scheme

        The MAI Sharesave Scheme is approved by the Inland Revenue. Options may normally be exercised on the fifth or seventh anniversary of the contract start date.

MAI 1989 Purchase Only Executive Share Option Scheme -“MAI 1989 Scheme”

        The MAI 1989 Scheme is an unapproved scheme operated under an Employees’ Share Ownership Plan Trust. Options may normally be exercised between the third and seventh anniversaries of the date of grant.

The Blenheim Schemes

        As a result of the acquisition of Blenheim, employees with options over Blenheim shares

 
  63 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

granted under the Blenheim Schemes were entitled to exchange those options for options of equivalent value over Ordinary Shares. Following UBM’s acquisition of Blenheim, no further options may be granted under the Blenheim Schemes and options to acquire UBM Ordinary Shares may be exercised in accordance with the rules of the Blenheim Schemes as follows:

Blenheim No.1 Executive Share Option Scheme

        Blenheim No.1 Executive Share Scheme is an Inland Revenue approved scheme. Options may normally be exercised between the third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant.

 
  64 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Medium Term Incentive Plan (“MTIP”)

        Following its review of performance related remuneration the committee has introduced a share element to the annual bonus plan, known as the Medium Term Incentive Plan. During 2003, this afforded directors the opportunity to earn up to a further 40 percent of base salary in the form of shares in the company. Awards for each director under the MTIP are linked to his objectives for the annual cash bonus but require more stretching performance to achieve the maximum award. Performance is measured over the company’s financial year and awards will take the form of nil cost options over the company’s shares, the number to be calculated using the average share price for the month preceding the start of that financial year. Thus the first awards, to be made in March 2004, will be based on company’s results for the 2003 financial year with the number of options granted being calculated by reference to the average share price during December 2002. Awards made in March 2004 will vest as to 50 percent in January 2006 and the balance in January 2007, provided the director remains in the group’s employment. Awards will also vest if employment ceases due to redundancy, disability, injury, death or retirement at or after contractual retirement age. Only purchased shares may be used to fulfill awards under the MTIP.

 
  65 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

        The Company had been notified of the following interests of 3 per cent or more in its issued ordinary share capital:

 
As at March 5, 2002
As at May 19, 2003
As at June 15, 2004
                                                              
Identity of Major Shareholder (1)   
Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Owned
Percent of
Class %
Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Owned
Percent of
Class %
Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Owned
Percent of
Class %
FMR Corp and Fidelity International Limited  34,808,195     10.39     49,217,156     14.66     47,628,879         14.18 %
Franklin Resources Inc  33,560,963   10.02   37,192,094   11.08   N/a   N/a  
Schroders plc  36,522,406   10.90   34,246,667   10.20   27,982,313   8.33 %
UBS Global Asset Management  N/a   N/a   18,498,493   5.51   N/a   N/a  
Legal & General  N/a   N/a   11,775,731   3.51   10,444,966   3.11 %
Hermes Pension Management                  N/a   N/a   13,515,100   4.03   N/a   N/a  
Putnam Investment Management LLC                     12,136,350   3.62   N/a   N/a   N/a   N/a  
Deutche Bank AG  11,510,729   3.43   N/a   N/a   N/a   N/a  
Barclays plc  N/a   N/a   N/a   N/a   13,402,833   3.99 %

_________________

(1) Under UK law, subject to certain limited exceptions, persons or groups owning or controlling 3 per cent or more of the issued Ordinary Shares are required to notify the Company of the level of their holdings.

        As far as UBM is aware, except as disclosed herein, it is neither directly or indirectly owned nor controlled by one or more corporations, or by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal persons.

        As of June 15, 2004, 61,901 Ordinary Shares were held of record in the United States. These Ordinary Shares were held by 34 record holders and represented 0.02 per cent of the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding. As of June 15, 2004, there were 1,069,839 ADSs outstanding held by 40 registered holders. These ADSs represent 1,069,839 Ordinary Shares and are 0.32 per cent of the issued share capital.

        UBM is not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company and there have been no significant changes in shareholders over the last three years.

        The major shareholders of the Company do not have different voting rights to other ordinary shareholders.

 
  66 

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The Group entered into the following transactions during the year:

Transactions with
related parties
Nature of
transactions
Balances
(owed by)/
due to the
Group at
DEC 31,
2003

£m
Value of
transactions
2003

£m
Balances
(owed by)/
due to the
Group at
DEC 31,
2002


£m
Value of
transactions
2002

£m
Balances
(owed by)/
due to the
Group at
DEC 31,
2001

£m
Value of
transactions
2001

£m
Asia Pacific Leather   Loans and                          
Fair   Management fees   1.4   1.5   (1.3 ) 1.8   (1.5 ) 2.0  
Canada Newswire   Newswire Service..   0.7   1.5   0.4   0.5   0.8   1.7  
Channel 5 Television   Loans and  
Group Limited   interest receivable   204.0   8.8   193.5   8.9   179.2   7.4  
SDN Limited   Loans and interest receivable   13.3   0.1   13.2   0.3   12.3   0.3  

C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

         Not Applicable.

 
  67  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        Our consolidated financial statements as included in this Annual Report are listed in Item 18.


Material litigation

        During 2002, UBM settled an outstanding legal claim relating to the planned merger with Carlton Communications plc in 2000 and the subsequent sale of the Group’s television businesses. The exceptional cost of this claim to the Group, net of associated receipts, amounted to £14.0 million.

Dividends

        Any payment of dividends in the future will be at the discretion of UBM’s board of Directors and will depend upon many business judgment factors, including UBM’s financial condition, capital requirements, earnings and other relevant factors.

        The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends (excluding any associated tax credit discussed in Item 10 of this Annual Report) paid in respect of each year indicated. Pence amounts per share have been translated into cents per ADS at the noon buying rate on each of the respective payment dates, assuming that ADSs were outstanding on each such date. On April 23, 2001 the ratio of ADSs to Ordinary Shares changed from 2:1 to 1:1 as a result of the capital reorganization.

  Year ended December 31

 
Pence  per Share
Cents per ADS
  Interim Final Total Interim Final Total
1999  11.00   11.20   22.20   35.64   36.29   71.93  
2000  11.00   11.20   22.20   32.90   33.50   66.40  
2001(1)  11.00   1.00   12.00   16.00   1.45   17.45  
2002(1)  3.00   4.00   7.00   4.83   6.44   11.27  
2003  3.30   5.70   9.00   5.89   10.17   16.06  

(1)   The Group announced in October 2001 a modification of its dividend policy in recognition of the restructuring of the Group.

B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

        There have been no significant changes since the date of our consolidated financial statements.

 
  68  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.  OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

        The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices, in pence for Ordinary Shares, and in cents for ADSs, on the London Stock Exchange and NASDAQ respectively, adjusted for the share consolidation effected April 23, 2001.

  London Stock
Exchange
(pence  per Ordinary Shares)
NASDAQ
(cents per ADS)
Period ended
High Low High Low
1999   806.7   478.0   1981.9   1261.2  
2000   985.9   706.1   2351.7   1517.2  
2001   875.0   342.0   2500.0   500.0  
2002
First Quarter
  611.0   486.5   900.0   700.0  
Second Quarter   600.0   425.0   890.0   669.0  
Third Quarter   436.0   215.0   695.0   318.0  
Fourth Quarter   318.0   211.0   490.0   310.0  
Annual   611.0   211.0   900.0   310.0  
2003
First Quarter
  315.25   190.0   512.9   301.0  
Second Quarter   346.25   217.75   560.0   331.0  
Third Quarter   467.0   290.5   781.0   491.0  
Fourth Quarter   515.0   414.0   895.0   689.0  
Annual   515.0   190.0   895.0   301.0  
Months ended  
December 31, 2003   515.0   473.25   895.0   825.0  
January 31, 2004   568.0   498.0   1041.0   900.0  
February 28, 2004   575.0   525.0   1096.0   962.0  
March, 31 2004   559.0   469.5   1075.0   850.0  
April 30, 2004   518.0   460.0   942.9   815.0  
May 31, 2004   481.0   408.5   839.0   710.0  
June 15, 2004   476.0   439.0   862.0   785.0  

*    On April 23, 2001 the ratio of ADSs to Ordinary Shares changed from 1:2 to 1:1, however the ADS price did not reflect this change until late May 2001.

B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    Not Applicable.

C. MARKETS

        UBM’s capital consists of Ordinary Shares, B Shares and Deferred Shares. The Company’s Ordinary Shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol “UNWS” and in the form of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “UNEWY”. Prior to April 23, 2001, each ADS represented two Ordinary Shares. However, subsequent to April 23, 2001 the ratio changed to 1:1. The ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) issued by The Bank of New York, as Depositary, under a Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1987, between the Company, The Bank of New York and registered holders from time to time of ADRs. ADRs were first issued in August 1987. The Ordinary Shares have been publicly traded on the London Stock Exchange since 1925.

        As of June 15, 2004, 61,901 Ordinary Shares were held of record in the United States. These Ordinary Shares were held by 34 record holders and represented 0.02 per cent of the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding. Since certain of these Ordinary Shares were held by brokers or other nominees, including nominees for the Depositary, the number of record holders in the United States may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of where the beneficial holders are resident.

 
  69  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

The Depositary informed UBM that of June 15, 2004, there were 1,069,839 ADSs outstanding held by 40 registered holders. These ADSs represent 1,069,839 Ordinary Shares and are 0.32 per cent of the issued share capital.

D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        Not Applicable.

E. DILUTION

        Not Applicable.

F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

        Not Applicable.

 
  70  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. SHARE CAPITAL

        Not Applicable.

B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

        Set out below is information concerning UBM’s equity capital structure and related summary information concerning provisions of UBM’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and applicable English law. Since it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you, and the summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act and the UBM Memorandum and Articles of Association. For more complete information, you should read UBM’s Articles of Association (see “Item 19. Exhibits”).

Object Clause

        UBM is incorporated under the name United Business Media plc and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 152298. Section 4 of UBM’s Memorandum of Association provides that its objects include to carry on business as a holding company, to carry on business of publishers and of distributors of information as well as carry on any other business which UBM may judge capable of enhancing the value of its property or rights. The Memorandum of Association grants to UBM a range of corporate capabilities to effect these objects.

Directors Interests in Transactions

        Under UBM’s Articles of Association, a director may not vote in respect of any proposal in which he or she, or any person connected with that director, has any material interest, except where that interest exists because of an interest in shares, debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through UBM. This is subject to exceptions relating to proposals:

    indemnifying the director in respect of obligations incurred on behalf of UBM;

    indemnifying a third party in respect of obligations of UBM for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security;

    relating to an offer of securities in which the director will be interested as an underwriter;

     concerning another body corporate in which the director is beneficially interested in less than 1 per cent of the issued shares of any class of shares of such a body corporate;

     relating to an employee benefit in which the director will participate on terms that are generally accorded to other employees or which has been approved by the board of the Inland Revenue for taxation purposes; and

    relating to insurance that UBM is empowered to purchase or maintain for the benefit of its directors or officers.

 
  71  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Qualification Shares

        Directors are not required to hold any UBM Shares by way of qualification.

Appointment and Retirement of Directors

        A director is not required to retire upon attaining a particular age. At every annual general meeting of UBM any director who has been appointed since the previous annual general meeting or who has held office for more than 30 months since his last appointment shall retire. A director who retires at an annual general meeting may be re-appointed. For more information, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.

Borrowing Powers

        The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of UBM to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all moneys borrowed by UBM and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings shall not exceed an amount equal to the higher of four thousand million pounds and three times UBM’s adjusted share capital and reserves, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution.

Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to the Ordinary Shares

Dividends

        The Company may by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid to the members, according to their respective rights and interests in the profits, and may fix the time for payment of such dividends.

        The board may pay such interim dividends as appear to the board to be justified by the financial position of the Company and may also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals settled by the board whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the board, justifies payment.

        All unclaimed dividends, interest or other sums payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. All dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years after having become due for payment shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

Liquidation

        If the Company is in liquidation, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statutes:

    divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members; or

    vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit. No member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is any liability.

 
  72  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Capital calls

        Subject to the terms of allotment, the board may make calls on the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal amount or premium) and each member shall (subject to his receiving at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the board may decide.

        Any call may be made payable in one sum or by installments and shall be deemed to be made at the time when the resolution of the board authorizing that call is passed.

        A person on whom a call is made shall remain liable for it notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the share in respect of which the call is made.

        The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all calls in respect of that share.

Voting rights

        The proceedings of a general meeting held to pass such a resolution differs from general meetings of the Company held for any other purpose in that:

    the necessary quorum shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal amount of the issued shares of the class;

    at an adjourned meeting the necessary quorum shall be one person holding shares of the class or his proxy;

    every holder of shares of the class shall, on a poll, have one vote in respect of every share of the class held by him; and

    a poll may be demanded by any one holder of shares of the class whether present in person or proxy.


Modification of Rights

        The rights attached to any class of shares in issue may from time to time be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three fourths in nominal value of the issued share capital of that class, or with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those shares.

General Meetings

        The board shall convene and the Company shall hold annual general meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Statutes.


    The board may convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever it thinks fit.

     An extraordinary general meeting shall be convened by the board on the requisition of members pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act 1985 (“the Statute”) or, in default, may be convened by such requisitionists, as provided by the Statute.

 
  73  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless the requisite quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business. Except for general meetings convened to vary the rights attached to a class of share, two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on a poll shall be a quorum.

        The board may make any security arrangements both prior to and during any general meeting which it considers appropriate relating to the holding of a general meeting of the Company or a separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company, including without limitation, arranging for any person attending a meeting to be searched and for items of personal property which may be taken into a meeting to be restricted and excluding from a meeting any person including any member who refuses to comply with any such arrangements.

        There are no limitations imposed by the Articles of Association on the rights to own Ordinary Shares. There are also no provisions in the Articles of Association that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

        There are no provisions in the Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. The threshold is set by the Statute.

C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

        An agreement dated May 14, 2003 was entered into by Kenrick Place Media Limited and, CMP Information Limited for the purchase of certain of the assets and undertakings of Kenrick Place Media Limited used in the publication of the Interior Design Handbook and certain other reports. Consideration was £1.6 million which was paid in cash on completion. The agreement contained standard representations and tax warranties.

        An agreement dated August 7, 2003 was entered into by United Advertising Publications plc and, Jonathan Heyes for the purchase of This Caring Business. Consideration was £1.7 million which was paid in cash on completion. The agreement contained standard representations and tax warranties.

        An agreement dated July 18, 2003 was entered into by Hirecorp Limited and, Aprovia Belgium Holding International S.p.r.l and Aprovia UK Management S.p.r.l for the purchase of 100 per cent of the shares in Aprovia UK Limited. Consideration was £79 million which was paid in cash on completion.

        An agreement dated October 31, 2003 was entered into by among SCP Communications, Inc., CM Publishing Limited Partnership, PRR, Inc., and Continuing Medical Education, Incorporated for the purchase of The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing. Consideration was $37.5 million which was paid in cash on completion. The agreement contained standard representations and tax warranties.

        An agreement dated November 3, 2003 was entered into by United Market Research Sarl and Mr. Francesco Castiglioni, Mr. Fabrizio Fornezza, Mr. Remo Medardo Lucchi, Mr. Andrea Mezzasalma, Mr. Giuseppe Minoia, Mr. Paolo Anselmi, Mr. Albino Claudio Bosio, Mr. Silvio Siliprandi, Mr. Alberto Pelizzola for the purchase of Eurisko Data S.pA. and Eurisko S.p.A. Consideration was €33.0 million which was paid in cash on completion. The agreement contained standard representations and tax warranties.

D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

        There are no UK government laws, decrees or regulations that restrict or that affect the export or import of capital, including but not limited to, foreign exchange controls on remittance of dividends

 
  74  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

on the Ordinary Shares or on the conduct of Group operations, except as otherwise set forth under “Item 10.E. Taxation”.

        Under English law (and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association), persons who are neither residents nor nationals of the United Kingdom may freely hold, vote and transfer Ordinary Shares in the same manner as UK residents or nationals.

E. TAXATION

        The following discussion summarizes certain US federal income tax consequences and certain UK tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Shares represented by ADSs evidenced by ADRs by a US Holder. A “US Holder” is a beneficial owner of Ordinary Shares or ADSs that is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or certain other entities treated as corporations for US federal income tax purposes), created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more US persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of the trust. This summary applies only to US Holders who will hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as capital assets and who own (directly, indirectly or by attribution) less than 10 per cent of the outstanding share capital or voting stock of the Company. This summary is based (i) upon current UK tax law and UK Inland Revenue practice and US law and US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) practice, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative practice, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation, possible with retroactive effect, (ii) upon the UK — US Income Tax Convention that entered into force on April 25, 1980, as amended by Protocols (the “1980 Convention”) and the new UK – US Income Tax Convention that entered into force on March 31, 2003 (the “New Convention”) as both conventions may be applicable to US Holders, (iii) the UK — US Convention relating to estate and gift taxes as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, and (iv)  upon representations of the Depositary and it assumes that each obligation provided for in or otherwise contemplated by the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with their respective terms.

    US        Holders should be aware that the New Convention and generally will have effect in respect of dividends paid on or after May 1, 2003. However, a US Holder entitled to benefits under the 1980 Convention may elect to have the provisions of the 1980 Convention continue for an additional twelve months if the election to apply the 1980 Convention would result in greater benefits to the Holder. If a US Holder were to make an effective election, the discussion below with respect to dividend payments made pursuant to the 1980 Convention would continue to apply to dividends paid by the Company prior to May 1, 2004. The discussion below notes the instances where the relevant provisions of the New Convention will produce a materially different result for a US Holder. US Holders should note that certain articles in the New Convention limit or restrict the ability of a US Holder to claim benefits under the New Convention and that similar provisions were not contained in the 1980 Convention. US Holders should consult their own tax advisor concerning the applicability of both Conventions.

        The following summary of certain US federal income tax considerations does not address all of the tax consequences to certain categories of US Holders who may be subject to special rules (such as US expatriates, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who acquired their Ordinary shares or ADSs pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, securities broker-dealers or US Holders who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a hedging or conversion transaction) and US Holders whose functional currency for US tax purposes is

 
  75  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

not the US dollar. The following summary of certain UK tax considerations does not address the tax consequences to a US Holder (i) that is resident (or, in the case of an individual, ordinarily resident) in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes, (ii) whose holding of Ordinary Shares or ADSs is effectively connected with a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom through which such US Holder carries on business activities or, in the case of an individual, who performs independent personal services with a fixed base situated therein, or (iii) that is a corporation, which alone or together with one or more associated corporations, controls, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of the Company. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the consequences under UK, US federal, state and local, and other foreign laws, of the ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

        For US federal income tax purposes and for purposes of both Conventions, beneficial owners of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the underlying Ordinary Shares attributable thereto and the discussion of US federal income tax consequences to holders of ADSs applies equally to holders of Ordinary Shares, and the discussion applicable to Ordinary Shares is equally applicable to ADSs.

Taxation of Distributions

        Under current UK tax legislation, no UK tax will be withheld from dividend payments made by the Company.

        Under the 1980 Convention, subject to certain exceptions, a US Holder is entitled to receive a payment from the UK Inland Revenue equal to the tax credit which the recipient would have been entitled to had the dividend been received by an individual resident in the UK for UK tax purposes (currently equal to 1/9th of the cash dividend paid by the Company) (a “Convention payment”). The total of the cash dividend and the Convention payment is, however, reduced by a withholding tax that, under the 1980 Convention, cannot exceed 15 per cent of the aggregate amount paid. At current rates, the withholding tax entirely eliminates the Convention payment. No withholding in excess of the Convention payment is, however, imposed in respect of the distribution. For example, (and solely for illustrative purposes) a US Holder entitled to a dividend of £90 would be entitled to a gross Convention payment of £10 but the entire £10 payment will be eliminated by UK withholding tax, resulting in a net receipt of £90.

        Under the New Convention, which generally applies with respect to dividends paid on or after May 1, 2003 (unless an effective election is made to extend the applicability of the 1980 Convention), there will be no right to receive a Convention payment in respect of a dividend.

        The gross amount of dividends (including additional income arising from a foreign tax credit claim as described below) paid to a US Holder with respect to ADSs and Ordinary Shares will be taxable as dividend income for US federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, as determined under US federal income tax principles. To the extent that a distribution exceeds the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, it will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain. Dividends paid by the Company generally will be treated as foreign source dividend income and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders under the Code.

        For US federal income tax purposes, the amount of any distribution will equal the US dollar value of the payment, which, in the case of a distribution paid in pounds sterling (or other foreign currency) will be based on the spot rate in effect on the date of receipt by the US Holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary. A US Holder generally will have a basis in any pounds sterling (or other foreign currency) distributed, for US federal income tax purposes, equal to the dollar value of pounds

 
  76  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

sterling (or other foreign currency) on the date of payment. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent disposition of pounds sterling (or other foreign currency) will generally be U.S.-source ordinary income.

        Dividends paid will be treated as “passive income” or, in the case of certain US Holders, “financial services income”, for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for US federal income tax purposes. Under the 1980 Convention, a US Holder that is eligible for benefits with respect to income derived in connection with the ADSs or Ordinary Shares (each such holder referred to as an “eligible holder”) and that claims the benefits of the 1980 Convention with respect to a dividend will be entitled to a foreign tax credit for the UK tax notionally withheld with respect to such dividend. If an eligible US Holder is so entitled, the foreign tax credit would be equal to one-ninth of any dividend received and would give rise to additional dividend income in the same amount. Each eligible US Holder that relies on the 1980 Convention to claim a foreign tax credit under these circumstances must file IRS Form 8833 (Treaty-Based Return Position Disclosure) disclosing this reliance with its US federal income tax return for the year in which the foreign tax credit is claimed. In order to obtain this benefit in a particular year, a US Holder generally must elect to claim the credit with respect to all foreign taxes paid (or treated as paid) in that year. US Holders are advised that under the New Convention there will be no Convention payment and no notional UK withholding tax applied to a dividend payment. Therefore, it will not be possible to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of any dividend payment made by the Company on or after May 1, 2003 (or May 1, 2004 in the case of a Holder who effectively elects to extend the applicability of the 1980 Convention as described above). The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. US Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are eligible for benefits under the 1980 Convention and the New Convention, whether, and to what extent, a foreign tax credit will be available with respect to dividends received from the Company, and whether it may be advisable in light of the Holder’s particular circumstances to elect to have the provisions of the 1980 Convention continue in force until May 1, 2004.

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

        UK capital gains tax (or, for companies, corporation tax on chargeable gains) generally applies to the disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, but only with respect to individuals resident or ordinarily resident and to companies resident in the United Kingdom and to persons not so resident but carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment where such Ordinary Shares or ADSs were used in or held for that trade, profession or vocation or that branch, agency or permanent establishment. As a result, the sale by a person resident in the United States not carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom and not resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom of his Ordinary Shares or ADSs should not be subject to UK capital gains tax (or corporation tax on chargeable gains).

        For US federal tax purposes, a US Holder will generally, upon the sale or exchange of an ADS or an Ordinary Share, recognize a capital gain or a loss in an amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized and the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADS or Ordinary Share. Such gain or loss generally will be a US source capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the ADS or Ordinary Share was held for more than one year. In the case of a US Holder who is an individual, capital gains will generally be subject to US federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

        The surrender of ADSs in exchange for Ordinary Shares will not be taxable for the purposes of US federal income tax. Accordingly, US Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon such surrender.

 
  77  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Recent US Tax Law Changes Applicable to Individuals

        Under 2003 US tax legislation, some US Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of US federal income tax (currently a maximum of 15 per cent) in respect of “qualified dividend income” received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and beginning before January 1, 2009. For this purpose, qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid by non-U.S. corporations if, among other things (including certain holding periods being met), (i) the shares with respect to which the dividend has been paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive US income tax treaty (such as the New Convention) which provides for the exchange of information. We currently believe that dividends paid with respect to our Ordinary Shares and ADSs should constitute qualified dividend income for US federal income tax purposes. However, this is a factual determination and is subject to change. Furthermore, some of the eligibility requirements for non-U.S. Corporations are not entirely clear and further guidance from the Internal Revenue Service is anticipated. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service is expected to issue certification procedures for 2004 whereby a non-U.S. Corporation will be required to certify as to the eligibility of its dividends for the reduced US federal income tax rates.

Estate and Gift Tax

        The United Kingdom has a system of taxation, known as inheritance tax (the equivalent of US estate and gift tax), which imposes, under certain circumstances, a tax on the transfer of Ordinary Shares or ADSs by gift or by inheritance. However, the current estate and gift tax convention between the United States and the United Kingdom (the “Estate Tax Convention”) generally relieves a US Holder from the UK inheritance tax where such holder is domiciled for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention in the United States and is not a national of the United Kingdom. This exemption will not apply if the Ordinary Shares or ADSs are part of the business property of an individual’s permanent establishment in the United Kingdom or pertain to a fixed base in the United Kingdom. US resident holders of Ordinary Shares or ADSs will generally be subject to the normal US gift or estate tax rules. In the unusual case where Ordinary Shares or ADSs are subject to both the UK inheritance tax and US gift or estate tax, the Estate Tax Convention generally provides for a tax credit under the rules enumerated in the Estate Tax Convention.

UK Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“Transfer Taxes”)

        A written transfer on the sale of Ordinary Shares will be subject to stamp duty of 0.5 per cent of the stampable consideration for that sale. An agreement for the transfer of Ordinary Shares will be subject to stamp duty reserve tax of 0.5 per cent of the consideration provided for in that agreement.

        The transfer of Ordinary Shares to the Depositary in exchange for an ADS is subject to Transfer Taxes in an amount equal to 1.5 per cent of the value of such shares. Under existing UK law, Transfer Taxes will not normally be payable on any transfer of an ADS provided that any instrument by which the ADS is transferred is executed outside the United Kingdom and remains outside the United Kingdom.

        Transfer Taxes will generally be imposed when the Ordinary Shares represented by an ADS and held by the Depositary are subsequently transferred by the Depositary upon the surrender of such ADS. The amount of the Transfer Taxes will be £5 per instrument of transfer provided the person to whom the transfer of those Ordinary Shares is made is the original owner of the ADS.

 
  78  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)

        A non-U.S. Corporation will be classified as a Passive Foreign Investment Company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if at least 75% of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents, royalties, or certain gains), or at least 50% of the average value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. We believe that we will not be classified as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 2003. However, since PFIC status is a factual determination that must be made annually and depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs, there is no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US Holder held Ordinary Shares or ADSs, certain adverse consequences could apply to the US Holder. These consequences may include having gains realized on the disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs treated as ordinary income rather than as capital gain and being subject to punitive interest charges on certain dividends and on the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends paid by a PFIC are not “qualified dividend income” and are not eligible for the reduced rates of taxation available under recent US tax law changes.

        US Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to their ownership of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

US Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Dividend payments on the ADSs or Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of ADSs or Shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible US backup withholding at a current rate of 28 per cent. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number, certificate of foreign status or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. US Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Non-U.S. holders generally will not be subject to US information reporting or backup withholding. However, such holders may be required to provide certification of non-U.S. status in connection with payments received in the United States or through certain US related financial intermediaries.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a US Holder’s US federal income tax liability, and a US Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

        Not Applicable.

G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

        Not Applicable.

 
  79  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

        We file and furnish annual reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy such reports and information at the SEC’s public reference room at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. In addition, copies of such reports and information may be obtained through the SEC internet address at http://www.sec.gov.

I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

        Not Applicable.

 
  80  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Introduction

        UBM is exposed to market risk, including movements in interest rates and currency exchange rates. UBM’s central treasury department is responsible for managing the Group’s funds and for the overall monitoring and control of financial risks arising from the Group’s activities. Treasury policies are agreed by the board, which has also issued guidelines on the use of financial instruments. The Group does not undertake speculative transactions.

        A discussion of UBM’s accounting policies for derivative instruments is included under “Group Accounting Policies” in our consolidated financial statements and further disclosure on financial instruments is included in note 21 to our consolidated financial statements.

Interest rate risk management

        The Group is exposed to movements in interest rates. Interest rate exposure is managed by using fixed rate borrowings and financial instruments, such as interest rate swap contracts. These instruments allow UBM to select its preferred level of fixed rate debt. To maximize flexibility the guidelines issued by the board do not stipulate a minimum proportion of net debt must be at a fixed interest rate.

        At December 31, 2003, £112.0 million out of the total gross debt of £564.6 million was at floating rates (19.8 per cent of gross debt). Based on the net cash position at December 31, 2003, if interest rates were to increase by 1 per cent net interest income would increase by approximately £2.6 million in 2004. £ 7 million of floating rate financial liabilities comprise borrowings which bear interest at rates based on the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a margin for each relevant currency for periods between one and six months and bank overdrafts which incur interest at local prevailing rates.

Foreign exchange management

        UBM’s foreign exchange transaction exposures are covered as they arise, generally using forward foreign exchange contracts. For currencies in which there is an active market Group policy is to hedge all known committed foreign currency receivables and payables. UBM does not hedge profit translation exposures as these are accounting rather than cash exposures. However, foreign currency borrowings are used where appropriate to provide an economic hedge against investments in overseas territories. The gain or loss on the hedge is recognized at the same time as the underlying transaction. The amount of foreign exchange forward contracts at December 31, 2003 hedging transaction exposures was £2.7 million.

        The pound sterling strengthened during 2003 resulting in a negative impact on reported income in 2003 compared to 2002. UBM’s current estimated translation sensitivity to fluctuations of the pound sterling is such that it records losses or gains of approximately £0.4 million of operating income when the pound sterling appreciates or depreciates by 1 per cent on average against all of the currencies in which its subsidiaries record income.

Equity Price Risk

        The existing £180 million 6.125 per cent subordinated convertible bonds were called on December 27, 2001 and repaid at par plus accrued interest on January 28, 2002.

 
  81  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

        On December 19, 2001 United Business Media (Jersey) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued a five year $400 million 2.375 per cent convertible bond, primarily to refinance the Company’s existing £180 million 6.125 per cent subordinated convertible bonds. The remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes in 2001, 2002 and 2003, including the refinancing of previous acquisitions.

        The fixed annual coupon interest rate on the $400 million bond is 2.375 per cent payable semi-annually. The bonds are convertible into Preference Shares of United Business Media (Jersey) LTD at any time up to the seventh calendar day before the date fixed for redemption, December 19, 2006. The Preference Shares will, in turn, be exchangeable immediately for a total of 47.8 million Ordinary Shares in the Company.

        United Business Media (Jersey) Limited may redeem all of the $400 million bonds at their principal amount, together with accrued interest:

            
a)
  at any time after December 19, 2004 if the market price per Ordinary Share on each of the dealing days in any period of 30 days ending not earlier than 14 days prior to the giving of the notice of redemption has been at least 130 per cent of the Exchange Price on such dealing day; or

             
b)
  at any time if 85 per cent or more of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds originally issued shall have been previously purchased and cancelled, redeemed or converted.

        Convertible bondholders may put the bond back to United Business Media (Jersey) Limited for par on December 19, 2004.

        In line with UK GAAP, the convertible debt has been classified in creditors falling due within one year (£221.1 million) on the grounds that the earliest possible date for redemption is 19 December 2004.

        Current asset investments and fixed asset investments include both listed and unlisted investments. The directors consider that unlisted investments are stated at their approximate fair value based on internal evaluation analyses. The listed investments have a carrying value of £425.2 million (2002: £594.8 million) and their fair value is £425.2 million (2002: £594.8 million), based on quoted market security prices for those investments.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

        Not Applicable.

 
  82  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

        None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in US Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F Annual Report, have concluded that, as of such date, the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information relating to the Group was made known to them by others within the Group.

        There were no significant changes in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls, nor were there any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the Group’s internal controls requiring corrective actions during the period covered by this Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16.A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

        Members of the Audit Committee have broad financial experience which has been gained in a variety of disciplines including investment banking, supervision of finance functions and general management, and the Board is satisfied that collectively they have the requisite financial skills and expertise to enable them fully to carry out their responsibilities. However, the Board considers that no individual member of the committee qualifies as a “financial expert” within the terms of the definition set out in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

ITEM 16.B. CODE OF ETHICS

        The company considers that corporate social responsibility is closely linked to effective corporate governance, and is integral to its business. UBM is committed to fair treatment of all stakeholders, responsible employment policies and support for the communities in which its businesses operate.

        The board annually conducts a detailed group risk mapping process company conducts a detailed group risk mapping process which is described in more detail in “Item 6.C. Board Practices — Internal Control”. The process assists companies within the group in identifying and assessing the risks attaching to the failure to implement appropriate social, ethical and environmental policies.

        A statement of business principles has been approved by the board and can be viewed on the company’s website. All employees, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and principal accounting officer are expected to act in accordance with those principles. During 2003, a steering group was formed comprising representatives from the board, head office and all divisions; this group is responsible for developing a set of corporate values for the group as a whole,

 
  83  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

taking into account the views of employees. The company believes that this initiative will assist in further developing awareness of the importance of corporate social responsibility within the group.

ITEM 16.C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

  As at December 31

Principal Accountant Fees and Services:  
2002
£m
 
2003
£m
Audit fees   0.6        0.7  
Audit-related fees       0.1  
Tax fees   0.1     0.2  
All other fees       0.1  


    0.7     1.1  


        During 2002 the company undertook a review of its audit arrangements. Following a selection process involving three major firms, Ernst & Young LLP were appointed as auditors to the group with effect from January 2002. The auditors’ remuneration shown above for 2002 and 2003 represents fees payable to Ernst & Young LLP.

        The Audit Committee has established policy guidelines on the nature of non-audit work which may be undertaken by the auditors. These guidelines identify a number of categories of work where the auditors will not be employed, including financial due diligence assignments on potential acquisitions and financial systems consultancy. The Audit Committee has also put in place procedures for the pre-approval of any fees payable to the auditors for any audit and non-audit services which fall within the policy guidelines. By a system of delegated authorities, all fees paid to the principal accountant are pre-approved. Fees under a certain threshold can be authorised by the Deputy Chief Financial Officer and Chief Financial Officer but must be reported to the Audit Committee. These fees are for services which may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services as described below. Ernst & Young LLP and our management then report to the Audit Committee on a half yearly basis regarding the extent of services actually provided in accordance with the applicable pre-approval and regarding fees for the services performed.

        Audit Services are defined as the standard audit work that needs to be performed each year in order to issue an opinion on the consolidated financial statements of the Group and to issue reports on the local statutory financial statements. It also includes services that can only be provided by the Group auditor such as auditing of non-recurring transactions and application of new accounting policies, audits of consents and comfort letters and debt covenant certificates and any other audit services required for US Securities and Exchange Commission regulatory filings.

        Audit Related Services include those other assurance services provided by the auditors but not restricted to those that can only be provided by the auditor signing the audit report. They comprise amounts for services such as audit of pension and benefit plans, assurance services on corporate reporting, and consultation regarding new accounting pronouncements.

        Tax Services represent tax compliance and other services.

        Other Services consist of services provided by the auditors relating to miscellaneous consultation on matters such as adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards, implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley s.404 internal control review and advice relating to acquisitions.

        Professional firms are selected to provide advisory services on the basis of their relevant

 
  84  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

experience and expertise. For major projects, it is the group’s policy to undertake a competitive tendering process. In certain circumstances, for example for reasons of confidentiality or knowledge of the group’s businesses and structures, it is appropriate to employ the group’s auditors to provide such services without a competitive tender being undertaken.

ITEM  16.D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

        Not applicable.

ITEM 16.E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

        Not applicable.

 
  85  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

 
  86  

 


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following financial statements, together with the related auditors’ reports are filed as part of this Annual Report.

 
    Page
Reports and consents of Independent Auditors     F-1 – F-2 
Consolidated financial statements   F-3 – F-78 
   Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31,  2003
  F-3 – F-5
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2003   F-6 
  Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2003
 
F-7 – F-8
  Consolidated Statements of Total Recognized Gains and Losses for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2003
  F-9 
  Reconciliation of Movements in Group Shareholders’ Funds for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2003
  F-9
  Notes to consolidated financial statements   F-10 – F-78 

 
  87 

 

 


ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

Number  Description
1.1*   Memorandum and New Articles of Association of United Business Media plc.
4.1*   Agreement and plan of merger dated April 28, 1999 between United News &Media plc, Miller Freeman Worldwide plc, MFW Acquisition Corp. and CMP Media, Inc.
4.2*   Stock purchase agreement dated February 25, 2000 made between UBM, UBM’s subsidiaries: United Business Information B.V. and Ludgate Holdings GmbH (together the “sellers”) and Getty Images, Inc. relating to the disposal of the entire issued share capitals of Visual Communications Group Holdings Limited, Definitive Stock, Inc., VCG Holdings LLC and VCG Deutschland GmbH.
4.3*   Stock purchase agreement dated May 8, 2000 between Consumer Publishing Holdings, Inc., UAP Intermediate Holdings, Inc., United Consumer Publishing BV, United News &Media Group Limited (the “Sellers”) and Trader Publishing Company relating to the disposal of the entire issued share capital of UAP Delaware Inc., United Parenting Publications, Inc., National Titles, Inc., and UAPnet.
4.4*   Stock purchase agreement dated July 17, 2000 between VNU, Inc., VNU Business Media, Inc., Miller Freeman, Inc. and UN Nederland BV relating to the disposal of the entire issued share capital of MFI Holdings, Inc.
4.5*   An agreement for the sale and purchase of shares dated July 25, 2000 between Reed Elsevier plc, Reed Elsevier France SA, United Business Media BV, United Business Services BV, Miller Freeman Worldwide plc, UN Nederland BV and United News & Media Group Limited relating to the disposal of the entire issued share capital of Groupe Miller Freeman SAS, Gruppo Blenheim Srl, Miller Freeman Italia Srl, Ludgate Holdings GmbH and Miller Freeman Iberia SA and a 58% interest in Miller Freeman AB.
4.6*   Framework agreement dated July 28, 2000 between United News & Media plc and Granada Media plc where UBM agreed to merge its TV Assets with Granada..
4.7*   Agreement for the sale and purchase of shares of Express Group dated November 22, 2000 between Northern & Shell Media Limited, Northern & Shell Media Holdings Limited, Ludgate Administration No. 1 Limited, United Regional Newspapers Limited and United News & Media Group Limited relating to the disposal of the entire issued share capital of Express Newspapers and Broughton Printers Limited.
4.8*   United Business Media 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme.
4.9*   United Business Media 2000 Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan.
4.10*   Long Term Incentive Plan.
4.11   Service contracts for directors and executive officers.
8.1   List of significant subsidiaries — refer to Annual Report “Item 4.C. Information on the

 
  88 

 


  Company-Organizational Structure”. A full listing of subsidiaries will be provided upon request.
12.1   Certification of Clive Hollick, Chief Executive Officer of United Business Media plc, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2   Certification of Nigel Wilson, Chief Financial Officer of United Business Media plc, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.0   Certification of Clive Hollick, Chief Executive Officer of United Business Media plc, and Nigel Wilson, Chief Financial Officer of United Business Media plc, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
14.0   Consent of independent auditors — PricewaterhouseCoopers.

_________________

*  Incorporated by reference from United Business Media plc’s registration statement on Form 20-F, File No: 0-15742, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2001.

 
  89 

 



UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA plc
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To: The Board of Directors
United Business Media plc



We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of United Business Media plc as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts and statements of total recognized gains and losses, cash flows and movements in shareholders’ funds for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with United Kingdom auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of United Business Media plc as at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom which differ in certain respects from those generally accepted in the United States (see note 34 of Notes to the Financial Statements).


ERNST & YOUNG LLP
London, England
February 26, 2004, except for
Note 35, Post Balance Sheet Events,
as to which the date is
June 16, 2004



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 Nos 333-64778, 333-64782 and 333-64774) pertaining to the United Business Media plc employee benefit plans listed on the facing sheets thereof of the reference to our firm in Item 3. Key Information and our report dated February 26, 2004, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of United Business Media plc included in its Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Ernst & Young LLP
London, England
June 16, 2004



 
 
F-1
 

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

To: The Board of Directors and Shareholders
United Business Media plc


In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated profit and loss account and the consolidated statements of cash flows and of total recognized gains and losses present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of United Business Media plc (“the company”) for the year ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. We have not audited the consolidated financial statements of United Business Media plc for any period subsequent to December 31, 2001.


Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements.


As discussed in ‘Group Accounting Policies – Pension costs’ and the third paragraph of note 24 ‘Share premium account and reserves’, to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated profit and loss account and the statement of total recognized gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2001 have been restated.


PricewaterhouseCoopers
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London, England


March 5, 2002, except for the effects of the restatements discussed in ‘Group Accounting Policies – Pension Costs” and the third paragraph of note 24, ‘Share premium account and reserves’, to the consolidated financial statements for which the date is June 27, 2003.



  F-2  

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2003


Notes

 

Before
amortisation
and
exceptional
items
£m

   

Pre-
exceptional
amortisation
(note 1)
£m

   

Total
before
exceptional
items
£m

   

Exceptional
items
(note 6)
£m

   

Total
£m

1   

Turnover - Group and share of joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

748.6

748.6

748.6

 

Less share of joint ventures’ turnover

(23.6

)

(23.6

)

(23.6

)

 

 

725.0

725.0

725.0

 

Acquisitions

21.7

21.7

21.7

 

Discontinued operations


 

Group turnover

746.7

746.7

746.7


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group operating loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

88.1

(115.9

)

(27.8

)

(27.8

)

 

Acquisitions

2.9

(4.2

)

(1.3

)

(1.3

)

 

Discontinued operations


 

 

91.0

(120.1

)

(29.1

)

(29.1

)

5   

Share of operating profit/(loss) in joint ventures and
associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

4.5

(1.6

)

2.9

2.9

 

Discontinued operations


 

 

4.5

(1.6

)

2.9

2.9

4   

Income from other fixed asset investments

3.9

3.9

3.9


1   

Total operating loss

99.4

(121.7

)

(22.3

)

(22.3

)

6   

Loss on sale and closure of businesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

Discontinued operations


 

 


 

Loss on ordinary activities before interest

99.4

(121.7

)

(22.3

)

(22.3

)

7   

Net interest income

9.4

9.4

9.4

31   

Other finance expense

(5.5

)

(5.5

)

(5.5

)

 

Loss on ordinary activities before tax

103.3

(121.7

)

(18.4

)

(18.4

)

8   

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

(22.7

)

(22.7

)

(22.7

)

 

Loss on ordinary activities after tax

80.6

(121.7

)

(41.1

)

(41.1

)

 

Equity minority interests

(0.3

)

(0.3

)

(0.3

)

 

Loss for the financial year

80.3

(121.7

)

(41.4

)

(41.4

)

9   

Dividends-equity

 

 

 

 

(30.2

)

 

Dividends-non-equity

 

 

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (30.6

)

24   

Retained loss for the financial year

 

 

 

 

(72.0

)

 

Earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

 

 

 

 

 

10   

-adjusted

 

 

 

 

24.0

10   

-basic

 

 

 

 

(12.5

)

10   

-diluted

 

 

 

 

(12.5

)

        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-3  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts – (continued)

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2002


Notes

 

Before
amortisation
and
exceptional
items
£m

Pre-
exceptional
amortisation
(note 1)
£m

Total
before
exceptional
items
£m

Exceptional
items
(note 6)
£m

Total
£m

1   

Turnover - Group and share of joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

819.2

819.2

819.2

 

Less share of joint ventures’ turnover

 (25.8

)

 (25.8

)

 (25.8

)

 

 

793.4

793.4

793.4

 

Acquisitions

 

Discontinued operations


 

Group turnover

793.4

793.4

793.4


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group operating loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

50.7

 (133.7

)

 (83.0

)

 (144.2

)

 (227.2

)

 

Acquisitions

 

Discontinued operations


 

 

50.7

(133.7

)

(83.0

)

(144.2

)

(227.2

)

5   

Share of operating profit/(loss) in joint ventures and
associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

3.8

(2.2

)

1.6

1.6

 

Discontinued operations


 

 

3.8

 (2.2

)

1.6

1.6

4   

Income from other fixed asset investments

10.4

10.4

10.4


1   

Total operating loss

64.9

 (135.9

)

 (71.0

)

 (144.2

)

 (215.2

)

6   

Loss on sale and closure of businesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 —

 

Discontinued operations

 (14.0

)

 (14.0

)

 

 

 (14.0

)

(14.0

)

 

Loss on ordinary activities before interest

64.9

(135.9

)

 (71.0

)

 (158.2

)

 (229.2

)

7   

Net interest income

10.1

10.1

10.1

31   

Other finance expense

 (2.1

)

 (2.1

)

 (2.1

)

 

Loss on ordinary activities before tax

72.9

 (135.9

)

 (63.0

)

 (158.2

)

 (221.2

)

8   

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

 (16.0

)

 (16.0

)

 (16.0

)

 

Loss on ordinary activities after tax

56.9

 (135.9

)

 (79.0

)

 (158.2

)

 (237.2

)

 

Equity minority interests

 (1.8

)

 (1.8

)

 (1.8

)

 

Loss for the financial year

55.1

 (135.9

)

 (80.8

)

 (158.2

)

 (239.0

)

9   

Dividends-equity

 

 

 

 

 (23.6

)

 

Dividends-non-equity

 

 

 

 

 (0.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (24.2

)

24   

Retained loss for the financial year

 

 

 

 

 (263.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

 

 

 

 

 

10   

-adjusted

 

 

 

 

16.5

10   

-basic

 

 

 

 

 (71.8

)

10   

-diluted

 

 

 

 

 (71.8

)

        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-4  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts – (continued)

Year ended December 31, 2001
Notes Restated
Before
amortization
and
exceptional
items
£m
Restated
Pre-
exceptional
amortization
(note 1)
£m
Restated
Total
before
exceptional
items
£m
Restated
Exceptional
items
(note 6)
£m
Restated
Total
£m
1    Turnover - Group and share of joint ventures                      
Continuing operations 959.4 959.4 959.4
Less share of joint ventures’ turnover  (33.1 )  (33.1 )  (33.1 )

926.3 926.3 926.3
Acquisitions  —
Discontinued operations 6.2 6.2 6.2

Group turnover 932.5 932.5 932.5

Group operating loss
Continuing operations 72.9  (136.2 )  (63.3 )  (444.0 (507.3 )
Acquisitions  —  —
Discontinued operations  (15.0 ) (0.1 ) (15.1 ) (15.1 )

57.9 (136.3 ) (78.4 ) (444.0) (522.4 )

5    Share of operating profit/(loss) in joint ventures and
associates
Continuing operations 4.5 (1.0 ) 3.5  —  3.5
Discontinued operations  (5.1 ) (0.3 ) (5.4 ) (5.4 )

(0.6 )  (1.3 ) (1.9 ) (1.9 )
4    Income from other fixed asset investments 4.3  4.3 4.3

1    Total operating loss 61.6 (137.6 ) (76.0 ) (444.0) (520.0 )

6    Loss on sale and closure of businesses
Continuing operations  —  — (32.9)  (32.9 )
Discontinued operations (18.6)  (18.6 )

 —  — (51.5) (51.5 )

Loss on ordinary activities before interest 61.6 (137.6 ) (76.0 ) (495.5) (571.5 )
7    Net interest income  35.8 35.8  — 35.8
31    Other finance expense (1.5 )  — (1.5 )  (1.5 )

Loss on ordinary activities before tax  95.9 (137.6 )  (41.7 ) (495.5) (537.2 )
8    Tax on loss on ordinary activities (25.0 ) (25.0 ) (25.0 )

Loss on ordinary activities after tax 70.9 (137.6 )  (66.7 ) (495.5) (562.2 )
Equity minority interests (2.0 )  —  (2.0 )  (2.0 )

Loss for the financial year  68.9 (137.6 )  (68.7 )  (495.5) (564.2 )

9    Dividends-equity (39.8 )
Dividends-non-equity (325.3 )

(365.1 )

24    Retained loss for the financial year (929.3 )

Earnings/(loss) per share (pence)
10    -adjusted 17.9
10    -basic (146.5 )
10    -diluted (146.5 )

        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-5  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets

    At December 31
Notes 2002
£m
2003
£m
 
Fixed assets    
11    Intangible assets 442.7 430.8
12    Tangible Assets 67.3 54.5
Investments in joint ventures
-share of gross assets 17.2 16.7
-share of gross liabilities (4.4 ) (5.5 )




13    Investments in joint ventures 12.8 11.2
13    Investments in associated undertakings 0.2 0.2
13    Other investments 169.5 173.0




  692.5 669.7




Current assets
14    Stocks 16.6 20.4
15    Debtors - due within one year 163.3 158.5
16    Investments 1.5
16    Short term liquid funds 594.8 425.2
27    Cash at bank and in hand 96.7 185.9




  872.9 790.0
17    Accounts payable: amounts falling due within one year (605.9 ) (1,076.6 )




Net current assets/(liabilities) 267.0 (286.6 )




Total assets less current liabilities 959.5 383.1




Accounts payable: amounts falling due after one year
18    Bank and other loans (338.5 ) (101.9 )
19    Accounts payable (13.3 ) (5.4 )
20    Convertible debt (245.0 )




  (596.8 ) (107.3 )




22    Other provisions for liabilities and charges (58.5 ) (63.1 )




Net assets excluding pension liability 304.2 212.7




31    Pension liability (90.9 ) (83.9 )




Net assets including pension liability 213.3 128.8




Capital and reserves
23    Called up share capital 84.5 84.5
24    Share premium account 308.5 309.4
24    Merger reserve 31.3 31.3
24    Other reserves 167.8 167.9
24    Profit and loss account (380.8 ) (465.3 )




Shareholders’ funds (including non-equity interests) 211.3 127.8
Equity minority interests 2.0 1.0




Capital employed 213.3 128.8




Equity shareholders’ funds 210.7 127.3
Non-equity shareholders’ funds 0.6 0.5




Shareholders’ funds 211.3 127.8




        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-6  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

    Year ended December 31
Notes   2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
 
26 Net cash inflow from operating activities 14.7 55.5 84.6
Dividends received from joint ventures and associated undertakings 1.0 0.9 2.1
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
Interest received 79.4 33.5 20.5
Interest paid (55.8 ) (29.1 ) (18.2 )
Dividends paid to minority shareholders (1.9 ) (1.9 ) (1.3 )
Dividends paid to non-equity shareholders (324.6 ) (0.9 ) (0.6 )
Income from other fixed asset investments 4.3    13.6    5.4    
Finance costs incurred in raising debt (4.3 )
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from returns from investments and servicing of finance (302.9 ) 15.2 5.8






Taxation
U.K. corporation tax received (including ACT) 15.3 3.4 8.9
Overseas tax (paid)/received (19.4 ) 11.9 (0.5 )






Taxation (paid)/received (4.1 ) 15.3 8.4
Capital expenditure and financial investment
Purchase of tangible fixed assets (31.7 ) (10.9 ) (6.9 )
Proceeds from sale of tangible fixed assets 4.0 1.0
Purchase of other intangible assets (2.4 ) (0.3 )
Proceeds from sale of investments 1.7 10.3
Purchase of investments (79.2 ) (11.9 ) (5.4 )






Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial investment (107.6 ) (22.1 ) (2.0 )
28,29 Acquisitions and disposals
Purchase of subsidiary undertakings and businesses (127.8 ) (1.3 ) (138.3 )
Net cash acquired with subsidiary undertakings and businesses 10.4 8.4
Investments in joint ventures and associated undertakings (7.3 ) (0.1)
Proceeds from sale of joint ventures and associated undertakings 22.3
Exceptional costs incurred on sale and closure of operations (5.7 ) (19.0 )






Net cash outflow from acquisitions and disposals (108.1 ) (20.4 ) (129.9 )
Equity dividends paid to shareholders (93.2 ) (13.5 ) (24.4 )






Net cash (outflow)/inflow before use of liquid resources and financing (600.2 ) 30.9 (55.4 )
Management of liquid resources
Sale/(purchase) of current asset investments 469.0 (42.4 ) 134.9
Decrease/(increase) in short term deposits 755.1 264.4 (103.3 )






Net cash inflow from management of liquid resources 1,224.1 222.0 31.6
Financing
Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 6.6 2.9 1.0
Return of capital to shareholders (including costs) (901.3 ) (7.4 ) (3.6 )
Proceeds from issue of convertible bond 274.8
Repurchase of bond (14.6 ) (164.0 )
Increase/(decrease) in bank loans 0.2 (47.8 )
Issue of loan stock 21.1
Repayment of loan stock (1.7 ) (23.6 ) (1.2 )






Net cash outflow from financing (636.0 ) (239.9 ) 17.3






(Decrease)/increase in cash in the year (12.1 ) 13.0 (6.5 )






        Liquid resources include term deposits and government and corporate securities.

        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-7  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements (continued)

  Year ended December 31
  2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
 
Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net cash      
(Decrease)/increase in cash in the year (12.1 ) 13.0 (6.5 )
Cash (inflow)/outflow from (increase)/decrease in debt and lease financing -
including finance costs (254.2 ) 235.4 (19.9 )
Cash inflow from decrease in liquid resources (1,224.1 ) (222.0 ) (31.6 )






Changes in net (debt)/cash resulting from cash flows (1,490.4 ) 26.4 (58.0 )
Other non-cash movements (2.0 ) (6.2 ) (2.0 )
Translation difference (11.3 ) 24.0 13.0






Movement in net (debt)/cash in year (1,503.7 ) 44.2 (47.0 )
Opening net cash 1,553.0 49.3 93.5






Closing net cash 49.3 93.5 46.5






        Liquid resources include term deposits and government and corporate securities.

        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-8  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC
Consolidated Statements of Total Recognized Gains and Losses

Year ended December 31
As restated
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Loss for the financial year (564.2 ) (239.0 ) (41.4 )
Currency translation differences on foreign currency net investments:
Group 16.2 (32.5 ) (20.4 )
Joint ventures (0.1 ) (0.9 ) (0.1 )
Associates (0.1 ) —  — 
Actuarial (loss)/gain recognized in the pension schemes (49.0 ) (50.6 ) 11.6






Other recognized losses for the year (33.0 ) (84.0 ) (8.9 )






Total recognized losses for the year (597.2 ) (323.0 ) (50.3 )






Implementation of FRS 17 (see note 24) —  (48.9 ) — 






Total losses recognized since last annual report (597.2) (371.9 ) (50.3 )






        The historical cost result is not materially different from the reported loss, in any of the three years.

Reconciliation of Movements in Group Shareholders’ Funds

  Year ended December 31
 
As restated
2001
£m
2002
£m
 
2003
£m
 
Opening shareholders’ funds 2,423.9 611.9 211.3
Implementation of FRS 17 (see note 24) (3.9 ) (48.9 ) — 






Opening shareholders’ funds restated 2,420.0 563.0 211.3
Loss for the financial year (564.2 ) (239.0 ) (41.4 )
Equity dividends (39.8 ) (23.6 ) (30.2 )
Non-equity dividends on B shares (see note 9) (325.3 ) (0.6 ) (0.4 )






  1,490.7 299.8 139.3
Other recognized losses relating to the year (33.0 ) (84.0 ) (8.9 )
New share capital subscribed 6.6 2.9 1.0
Return of capital to shareholders (see note 23) (901.3 ) (7.4 ) (3.6 )






Closing shareholders’ funds 563.0 211.3 127.8






        The notes to the financial statements form part of the financial statements. Variations from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are set out in note 34.

 
  F-9  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Group Accounting Policies

Basis of accounting

        The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, in accordance with applicable Accounting Standards in the United Kingdom. The financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with prior years, except for minor restatements, as disclosed.

        The preparation of financial statements requires the company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, the company evaluates its estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations and contingencies and litigation. The company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Consolidation

        The financial statements include the financial statements of the company and all its subsidiaries (together, the “Group”), made up to December 31, or within one week of that date, together with the Group’s share of the results for the year and of the book values of the net assets and attributable goodwill of joint ventures and associates. The results of subsidiaries and joint ventures and associates acquired or sold during the year are included from or to the effective date of acquisition or disposal.

Turnover

        Turnover, which is stated net of trade discounts, VAT and other sales related taxes, is recognized as follows:

Publishing: advertising revenue is recognized on issue of the publication.

Exhibitions: revenue is recognized when the show has been completed. Deposits received in advance are recorded as deferred income in the balance sheet.

Market research: revenue is recognized on a completed contract basis. Work in progress amounts are recorded in the balance sheet at cost. Syndicated revenues are recognized on completion and any subsequent sales are recognized as they arise.

News distribution: revenue is recognized on message delivery.

Goodwill and intangible fixed assets

        Purchased goodwill is capitalized as an intangible asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which the directors view as being a period generally between six and twenty years based on the nature, age and stability of the industry in which the business operates. Where a business is sold, or where goodwill is considered to have been impaired, the net book value of goodwill or the amount of impaired goodwill, as applicable, is charged through the profit and loss account as part of the profit or loss on disposal or through operating profit in the year of impairment.

        Impairment reviews are carried out at the end of the first full financial year after acquisition and on the occurrence of any event or change in circumstances indicating that there may have been a decline in the carrying value or change in useful life.

 
  F-10  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Group Accounting Policies (continued)

Goodwill and intangible fixed assets (continued)

        Other intangible assets comprise certain product rights including licenses and related costs, which are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the license period; and publishing rights and titles and purchased internet domain names and websites, which are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding two years.

Tangible fixed assets and depreciation

        Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on all tangible fixed assets except freehold land. Depreciation rates are calculated so that assets are written down to residual value in equal annual instalments over their expected useful lives, which are as follows:

Freehold buildings and long leasehold property 10-70 years
Short leasehold property Term of lease
General plant, machinery and equipment 5-20 years
Computer equipment 3 years
Motor vehicles 3-5 years

        Software costs are written off as incurred, except for purchases from third parties in respect of major systems. In such cases, the costs are written off over the expected useful life of the asset, not exceeding five years from the date of implementation of the software.

Stocks

        Stocks and work in progress are valued on the first in first out basis at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost comprises materials, direct labor and a proportion of attributable production and other overheads.

Operating leases

        Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Advertising costs

        Advertising costs are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred.

Investments

        Listed and unlisted investments are stated at the lower of cost and market value or directors’ valuation. Investments in subsidiaries included in the company’s balance sheet are stated at cost or nominal value of shares issued where merger relief is taken, less any provision for impairment. Investments in companies where the Group both has a participating interest and exercises significant influence over the entity’s financial and operating policies (through board representation and participation in financial and operating policy decisions) are included as associates under the equity method of accounting. Similarly, investments in companies where the Group holds a long-term interest that arises as a result of a contractual arrangement and is jointly controlled by the Group and other ventures are included as joint ventures under the gross equity method of accounting. The figures included in the financial statements are based on audited accounts, adjusted where necessary by reference to management accounts for the period up to December 31. Where the accounting policies of associates and/or joint ventures do not conform in all material respects to those of the Group, adjustments are made on consolidation.

 
  F-11  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

Group Accounting Policies (continued)

Deferred tax

        Deferred tax is recognized in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events have occurred at that date that will result in an obligation to pay more, or a right to pay less or to receive more, tax, with the following exceptions:

  provision is made for taxable gains arising from the revaluation (and similar fair value adjustments) of fixed assets that have been rolled over into replacement assets, only to the extent that there is a binding agreement to dispose of the assets concerned. However, no provision is made where, on the basis of all available evidence at the balance sheet date, it is more likely than not that the taxable gain will be rolled over into replacement assets and charged to tax only where the replacement assets are sold;

  provision is made for deferred tax that would arise on remittance of the retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures only to the extent that, at the balance sheet date, dividends have been accrued as receivable; and

  deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that the directors consider that it is more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

        Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period on which timing differences reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Foreign currencies

        Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the date of the balance sheet. The trading results of foreign subsidiary undertakings are translated into sterling at an average of the exchange rates ruling for the year. Differences arising on the retranslation of opening net assets, including goodwill, of foreign subsidiary undertakings and related net foreign currency borrowings used to hedge those assets, and between the translation of the results of those undertakings at average rates and balance sheet rates, are taken to reserves, and are reported in the statement of total recognized gains and losses. All other exchange differences are taken to the profit and loss account.

Pension costs

        The Group sponsors a number of defined benefit schemes and defined contribution schemes. The Group adopted FRS17 “Retirement Benefits” in the year ended 31 December 2002 financial statements. For the defined contribution schemes, the profit and loss charge represents the contributions payable to the scheme during the accounting period. The assets of the defined benefit pension schemes are measured at their market value at the balance sheet date and the liabilities of those schemes are measured using the projected unit method. The discount rate used is the current rate of return on an AA corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liabilities. The extent to which the schemes’ assets exceed or fall short of their liabilities is shown as a surplus or deficit in the balance sheet to the extent that a surplus is recoverable by the Group or that a deficit represents an obligation of the Group.

 
  F-12  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC


Group Accounting Policies (continued)

Pension costs (continuing)

        The following is charged to operating profit:

  the increase in the present value of pension scheme liabilities arising from employee service in the current period;

  the increase in the present value of pension scheme liabilities as a result of benefit improvements over the period during which such improvements vest; and

  gains and losses arising on settlements/curtailments.

        A credit in respect of the expected return on the schemes’ assets and a charge in respect of the increase during the period in the present value of the schemes’ liabilities are one period closer to settlement are included in other finance income. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in the statement of total recognized gains and losses.

Financial instruments

        The Group currently uses several types of financial instruments as part of an overall risk management strategy. It does not enter into financial instruments for speculative purposes. The accounting treatment adopted depends upon the risk that is being hedged.

        Interest rate risk associated with net debt is managed centrally by using fixed rate borrowings and financial instruments such as interest rate swaps. Interest differentials under interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, caps and collars are recognized by adjustment of the underlying interest receivable or payable over the term of the agreement and as such are accrued to the profit and loss account on a time apportioned basis.

        To mitigate the effect of currency translation risks relating to foreign currency denominated net assets, the Group uses foreign currency borrowings where appropriate to provide an economic hedge. Gains and losses arising on overseas net assets and the financial instruments used to hedge the associated currency risks are taken to reserves and are reported in the statement of total recognized gains and losses (see “Foreign currencies” above). Currency transaction risks on monetary assets and liabilities and forecast trading flows of the Group are hedged in all material respects as they arise, generally using forward foreign exchange contracts. Any gains or losses arising on such arrangements are deferred and recognized in operating profit or as adjustments to carrying amount when the hedged transaction has itself been reflected in the Group’s financial statements upon maturity of the contract. The forward premium or discount for these contracts is not accounted for as interest but as part of the hedge achieved. If underlying forecast flows do not materialize as envisaged, the hedges are either reversed or swapped forward to a future financing period. The adjusting hedges are then accounted for through the profit and loss account to match the revised underlying exposure being hedged. Currency options may be purchased to hedge forecast trading flows. These are accounted for in the same manner as the forward foreign exchange contracts above except that the premium paid is deferred to the point of exercise or lapse of the option. See also note 21.

        Interest rate exposure is managed by using fixed rate borrowings and financial instruments such as interest swaps. These instruments allow the Group to select its preferred level of fixed rate net debt. To maximize flexibility the guidelines issued by the board do not stipulate that a minimum proportion of net debt must be at a fixed interest rate. Cash is invested with the emphasis on preservation of capital and liquidity, with limits for individual counterparties based on credit ratings.

 
  F-13  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC


Group Accounting Policies (continued)

International Financial Reporting Standards

        The Council of the European Union announced in June 2002 that listed companies would adopt International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), formerly known as International Accounting Standards, from January 1, 2005. The adoption of IFRS will be first reflected in the Group’s financial statements for the half year ending June 30, 2005 and the year ending December 31, 2005.

        In 2003 we commenced the process of investigating the differences between UK GAAP and IFRS in order to assess the impact the conversion to IFRS will have on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, our internal and external financial reporting, our accounting systems and procedures, treasury issues (such as debt covenants and risk management), our day-to-day business, and the training and education of our workforce. This assessment has resulted in a preliminary plan for conversion. We expect to finalize the conversion during 2004 to ensure the Group will be ready to meet the conversion deadline and to present clearly the effects of this transition.

        It is a complex task to assess the differences between current accounting policies and IFRS, not least since many of the IFRS are themselves in the course of revision. It is clear that a number of accounting policies and some presentational aspects of the financial statements will change. The transition to IFRS could have a material impact on the Group’s financial position and reported results, however it is not possible to quantify the impact at this time. For UBM, the areas of impact from IAS/IFRS adoption are expected to be:

amortisation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;
joint ventures and associates;
pensions and post-retirement benefits;
share-based payments; and
disclosure and presentation of financial instruments.

 
  F-14  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business Analysis

Year ended December 31
Group
2001
£m
Group
share of
joint ventures
2001
£m
As restated
Group
2002
£m
Group
share of
joint ventures
2002
£m
Group
2003
£m
Group
share of
joint ventures
2003
£m

Turnover by division            
Continuing operations:
    CMP Media 348.2  12.9  238.2  9.0  208.0  8.2 
    CMP Asia 49.0  3.2  51.1  3.6  44.4  3.5 
    CMP Information 153.0  4.2  127.6  4.5  117.2  1.6 
    United Advertising Publications 57.4  58.1  57.8 

  Professional media 607.6  20.3  475.0  17.1  427.4  13.3 
  News distribution 128.0  8.6  105.4  8.7  94.8  10.3 
  Market research 194.9  213.0  202.8 

Continuing operations 930.5  28.9  793.4  25.8  725.0  23.6 

Acquisitions:
CMP Media 2.5 
CMP Information 17.8 
United Advertising Publications 0.3 

Professional media 20.6 
Market research 1.1 

Acquisitions 21.7 

Discontinued operations:
    CMP Information 2.0  4.2 

Discontinued operations 2.0  4.2 

  932.5  33.1  793.4  25.8  746.7  23.6 

Turnover by geographic market
United Kingdom 234.2  8.4  216.6  4.5  225.7  1.6 
North America 625.0  21.3  502.2  17.0  450.1  17.7 
Europe and Middle East 28.8  0.2  28.1  0.7  31.5  0.8 
Pacific 44.5  3.2  46.5  3.6  39.4  3.5 

  932.5  33.1  793.4  25.8  746.7  23.6 

        Further details on joint ventures and associates reclassified as fixed asset investments at January 1, 2002 and therefore classified as discontinued are given in note 13.

        Turnover analysis is based on turnover by origin. Turnover by destination would not be materially different. Net revenues derived from inter-segmental transactions were £13.5 million in 2003 (2002: £16.1 million, 2001: £18.1 million). This revenue is eliminated fully on consolidation.

        The amounts shown against “CMP Media” and “CMP Information” for 2002 and 2001 in note 1 have been restated to reflect the intra-group transfer of CMP Europe.

 
  F-15  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business Analysis (continued)

At December 31
2002 2003
Net operating assets/(liabilities) by division £m £m

     CMP Media 171.4 144.6
     CMP Asia 7.9 (4.0 )
     CMP Information 40.8 78.9
     United Advertising Publications 5.2 6.5

Professional media 225.3 226.0
News distribution 34.2 12.1
Market research 59.8 69.0

319.3 307.1

Net operating assets/(liabilities) by geographic market
United Kingdom 27.9 70.0
North America 282.1 226.3
Europe and Middle East 2.2 16.4
Pacific 7.1 (5.6 )

319.3 307.1

Reconciliation of net operating assets to net assets
Net operating assets 319.3 307.1
Investments 778.7 609.6
Corporation tax (277.4 ) (308.5 )
Net borrowings (502.5 ) (376.0 )
Proposed dividend (13.9 ) (19.5 )
Pension liability (90.9 ) (83.9 )

Net assets 213.3 128.8

 

 
  F-16  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business Analysis (continued)


Year ended December 31
  Group share of Group share of Exceptional
  Group joint ventures associates Subtotal items Total
  2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003
  £m £m £m £m £m £m

*Operating profit before amortization of intangible assets by division
Continuing operations:
        CMP Media 13.9 0.7 14.6 14.6
        CMP Asia 12.1 0.5 12.6 12.6
        CMP Information 22.8 0.1 22.9 22.9
        United Advertising
        Publications
13.9 13.9 13.9

     Professional media 62.7 1.3 64.0 64.0
     News distribution 10.2 3.2 13.4 13.4
     Market research 19.1 19.1 19.1

Continuing operations 92.0 4.5 96.5 96.5

Acquisitions:
CMP Media 0.2 0.2 0.2
CMP Information 2.4 2.4 2.4
United Advertising Publications 0.1 0.1 0.1

Professional media 2.7 2.7 2.7
Market research 0.2 0.2 0.2

Acquisitions 2.9 2.9 2.9

*Operating profit before amortization of intangible assets 94.9   4.5   99.4     99.4


Amortization of intangible assets (120.1 ) (1.6 ) (121.7) (121.7 )

Continuing operations:
*Operating (loss)/profit by division
        CMP Media (38.2 ) 0.1 (38.1) (38.1 )
        CMP Asia (1.4 ) 0.5 (0.9) (0.9 )
        CMP Information (3.1 ) 0.1 (3.0) (3.0 )
        United Advertising Publications 13.2 13.2 13.2

     Professional media (29.5 ) 0.7 (28.8 ) (28.8 )
     News distribution 0.7 2.2 2.9 2.9
     Market research 4.9 4.9 4.9

Continuing operations (23.9 ) 2.9 (21.0 ) (21.0 )
Acquisitions:
CMP Media (0.2 ) (0.2 ) (0.2 )
CMP Information (1.2 ) (1.2 ) (1.2 )
United Advertising Publications 0.1 0.1 0.1

Professional media (1.3 ) (1.3 ) (1.3 )
Market research

Acquisitions (1.3 ) (1.3 ) (1.3 )

* Operating (loss)/profit (25.2 ) 2.9 (22.3 ) (22.3 )

Non-operating exceptional items
Net interest income 3.9

Loss on ordinary activities before tax (18.4 )

*Operating (loss)/profit by geographic market
United Kingdom (6.1 ) 0.6 (5.5 ) (5.5 )
North America (25.7 ) 2.8 (22.9 ) (22.9 )
Europe and Middle East 9.8 (0.9 ) 8.9 8.9
Pacific (3.2 ) 0.4 (2.8 ) (2.8 )

*Operating (loss)/profit (25.2 ) 2.9 (22.3 ) (22.3 )

Non-operating exceptional items
Net interest income 3.9

Loss on ordinary activities before tax (18.4 )

*Includes income from other fixed asset investments

 
  F-17  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business Analysis (continued)

  Year ended December 31
Group Group      
  As restated share of share of As restated Exceptional As restated
  Group    joint ventures    associates    Subtotal    items    Total   
  2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002
  £m £m £m £m £m £m

*Operating profit/(loss) before amortization
of intangible assets
by division
Continuing operations:
        CMP Media (7.3 ) 0.5 (6.8 ) (11.3 ) (18.1 )
        CMP Asia 13.6 0.1 13.7 (0.7 ) 13.0
        CMP Information 9.9 0.2 10.1 (5.8 ) 4.3
        United Advertising
        Publications
12.7 12.7 (0.8 ) 11.9

     Professional media 28.9 0.8 29.7 (18.6 ) 11.1
     News distribution 14.3 3.0 17.3 (4.1 ) 13.2
     Market research 17.9 17.9 (7.3 ) 10.6

Continuing operations 61.1 3.8 64.9 (30.0 ) 34.9
Acquisitions
Discontinued operations
(see note 1a)

*Operating profit/(loss) before amortization of intangible assets   61.1   3.8     64.9   (30.0 )   34.9


Amortization of intangible assets (133.7 ) (2.2 ) (135.9 ) (114.2 ) (250.1 )

*Operating (loss)/profit by division
Continuing operations:
        CMP Media (71.3 ) (0.7) (72.0 ) (71.3 ) (143.3 )
        CMP Asia (0.5 ) (0.5 ) (0.7 ) (1.2 )
        CMP Information (17.5 ) 0.2 (17.3 ) (5.8 ) (23.1 )
        United Advertising Publications 11.7 11.7 (0.8 ) 10.9

     Professional media (77.6 ) (0.5) (78.1 ) (78.6 ) (156.7 )
     News distribution 8.9 2.1 11.0 (21.3 ) (10.3 )
     Market research (3.9 ) (3.9 ) (44.3 ) (48.2 )

Continuing operations (72.6 ) 1.6 (71.0 ) (144.2 ) (215.2 )
Acquisitions
Discontinued operations
(see note 1a)

*Operating (loss)/profit (72.6 ) 1.6 (71.0 ) (144.2 ) (215.2 )

Non-operating exceptional items (14.0 )
Net interest expense 8.0

Loss on ordinary activities before tax (221.2 )

*Operating (loss)/profit by geographic market
United Kingdom (27.6) 0.5 (27.1 ) (24.6 ) (51.7 )
North America (54.5) 1.9 (52.6 ) (112.4 ) (165.0 )
Europe and Middle East 12.5 (0.8 ) 11.7 (7.2 ) 4.5
Pacific (3.0 ) (3.0 ) (3.0 )

*Operating (loss)/profit (72.6 ) 1.6 (71.0 ) (144.2 ) (215.2 )

Non-operating exceptional items (14.0 )
Net interest expense 8.0

Loss on ordinary activities before tax (221.2 )

* Includes income from other fixed asset investments

 
  F-18  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business Analysis (continued)

Year ended December 31
 As restated Group share of Group share of  As restated Exceptional  As restated
Group joint ventures associates Subtotal items Total
2001 2001 2001 2001 2001 2001
  £m £m £m £m £m £m

*Operating profit/(loss) before
amortization of intangible assets

by division
Continuing operations:
        CMP Media (8.8 ) 1.0 (7.8 ) (37.8 ) (45.6 )
        CMP Asia 13.3 0.1 13.4 13.4
        CMP Information 6.4 0.5 6.9 (21.2 ) (14.3 )
        United Advertising Publications 9.4 9.4 (1.4 ) 8.0

     Professional media 20.3 1.6 21.9 (60.4 ) (38.5 )
     News distribution 32.8 3.0 35.8 (6.4 ) 29.4
     Market research 24.1 (0.1 ) 24.0 (7.2 ) 16.8

Continuing operations 77.2 4.5 81.7 (74.0 ) 7.7
Acquisitions
Discontinued operations (note 1a) (15.0 ) (3.8 ) (1.3 ) (20.1 ) (20.1 )

*Operating profit/(loss) before
amortization of intangible assets
  62.2   0.7   (1.3 )   61.6   (74.0 )   (12.4 )


Amortization of intangible assets (136.3 ) (1.0 ) (0.3 ) (137.6 ) (370.0 ) (507.6 )

*Operating (loss)/profit by division
Continuing operations:
        CMP Media (91.2 ) 1.0 (90.2 ) (407.8 ) (498.0 )
        CMP Asia (17.1 ) (0.1 ) (17.2 ) (17.2 )
        CMP Information (3.8 ) 0.5 (3.3 ) (21.2 ) (24.5 )
        United Advertising Publications 8.4 8.4 (1.4 ) 7.0

     Professional media (103.7 ) 1.4 (102.3 ) (430.4 ) (532.7 )
     News distribution 27.9 2.2 30.1 (6.4 ) 23.7
     Market research 16.8 (0.1 ) 16.7 (7.2 ) 9.5

Continuing operations (59.0 ) 3.5 (55.5 ) (444.0 ) (499.5 )
Acquisitions
Discontinued operations (note 1a) (15.1 ) (3.8 ) (1.6 ) (20.5 ) (20.5 )

*Operating loss (74.1 ) (0.3 ) (1.6 ) (76.0 ) (444.0 ) (520.0 )

Non-operating exceptional items (51.5 )
Net interest expense 34.3

Loss on ordinary activities before tax (537.2 )

*Operating profit/(loss) by geographic market
United Kingdom (32.2 ) (3.4 ) (1.6 ) (37.2 ) (94.4 ) (131.6 )
North America (62.4 ) 3.9 (58.5 ) (349.6 ) (408.1 )
Europe and Middle East 7.9 (0.8 ) 7.1 7.1
Pacific 12.6 12.6 12.6

*Operating loss (74.1 ) (0.3 ) (1.6 ) (76.0 ) (444.0 ) (520.0 )

Non-operating exceptional items (51.5 )
Net interest expense 34.3

Loss on ordinary activities before tax (537.2 )

* Includes income from other fixed asset investments

 
  F-19  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business Analysis (continued)

Year ended December 31
Group Group
share of share of Exceptional
Group joint ventures associates Subtotal items Total
  2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003
(a) Analysis of discontinued operations £m £m £m £m £m £m

Operating loss before amortization
of intangible assets by division
     Professional media

Discontinued operations


Amortization of intangible assets

Operating loss by division
     Professional media

Discontinued operations

  Group Group
share of share of Exceptional
Group joint ventures Associates Subtotal items Total
  2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002
£m £m £m £m £m £m

Operating loss before amortization
of intangible assets by division
     Professional media (14.0) (14.0)

Discontinued operations (14.0) (14.0)


Amortization of intangible assets


Operating loss by division
     Professional media (14.0) (14.0)

Discontinued operations (14.0) (14.0)

        During 2002, UBM settled an outstanding legal claim relating to the planned merger with Carlton Communications plc in 2000 and the subsequent sale of the Group’s television business. The exceptional cost of this claim to the Group, net of associated receipts, amounted to £14.0 million.

  Group Group
share of share of Exceptional
Group joint ventures Associates Subtotal items Total
  2001 2001 2001 2001 2001 2001
£m £m £m £m £m £m

Operating loss before amortization
of intangible assets by division
     Professional media-CMP Information (15.0) (3.8) (1.3) (20.1) (20.1)

Discontinued operations (15.0) (3.8) (1.3) (20.1) (20.1)


Amortization of intangible assets (0.1) (0.3) (0.4) (0.4)


Operating loss by division
     Professional media-CMP Information (15.1) (3.8) (1.6) (20.5) (20.5)

Discontinued operations (15.1) (3.8) (1.6) (20.5) (20.5)

        Discontinued operations in 2001 include U.K. online business to business and business to customer activities which have been disposed or closed.

 
  F-20  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Reconciliation of operating profit before amortization and exceptionals to loss before tax

  Year ended December 31
  As restated
2001

£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
Operating profit before amortization of intangible assets and exceptional items 61.6 64.9 99.4
Amortization of intangible assets:  
- Group (136.3 ) (133.7 ) (120.1 )
- Joint ventures and associates (1.3 ) (2.2 ) (1.6 )
Exceptional items charged to operating profit:  
- Impairment of goodwill (see note 11) (370.0 ) (114.2 )
- Restructuring costs (74.0 ) (30.0 )

Total operating loss (520.0 ) (215.2 ) (22.3 )
Net interest income 35.8 10.1 9.4
Other finance expense (1.5 ) (2.1 ) (5.5 )
Exceptional items charged to loss before tax (51.5 ) (14.0 )

Loss before tax (537.2 ) (221.2 ) (18.4 )

3. Cost of sales and operating expenses

Year ended December 31
  As restated
2001
£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
Other operating income 6.1 16.2 11.6
Other external charges (516.8 ) (418.6 ) (333.5 )
Employment costs (358.1 ) (300.5 ) (271.4 )
Depreciation of tangible assets (23.3 ) (23.2 ) (25.3 )
Amortization of intangible assets (506.3 ) (247.9 ) (120.1 )
Operating lease charges:  
-hire of plant, machinery and vehicles (5.1 ) (2.5 ) (1.5 )
-property (36.6 ) (33.8 ) (24.8 )
Advertising costs (14.1 ) (9.7 ) (10.1 )
Auditors’ remuneration:  
-as auditors (0.7 ) (0.6 ) (0.7 )

(1,454.9 ) (1,020.6 ) (775.8 )

 
Cost of sales (358.8 ) (282.2 ) (279.9 )
Distribution costs (252.3 ) (200.8 ) (163.1 )
Administrative expenses (849.9 ) (553.8 ) (344.4 )
Other operating income 6.1 16.2 11.6

(1,454.9 ) (1,020.6 ) (775.8 )

        During 2002 the company undertook a review of its audit arrangements. Following a selection process involving three major firms, Ernst & Young LLP were appointed as auditors to the Group with effect from January 2002. The auditors’ remuneration shown above for 2002 and 2003 represents fees payable to Ernst & Young LLP; the auditors’ remuneration for 2001 represents fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers, the previous auditors.

        Non-audit fees paid to Ernst and Young LLP for 2003 totaled £0.4 million (2002: £0.1 million). The fees paid in both 2003 and 2002 related principally to taxation services.

        Non-audit fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers in 2001 totaled £4.0 million, including £0.3 million charged as an exceptional item relating to the Group Process Review and £3.7 million, in relation to taxation services and support to other corporate activity.

 
  F-21  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. Cost of sales and operating expenses (continued)

        The Audit Committee has established policy guidelines on the nature of non-audit work which may be undertaken by the auditors. These guidelines identify a number of categories of work where the auditors will not be employed, including financial due diligence assignments on potential acquisitions and financial systems consultancy. The Audit Committee has also put in place procedures for the pre-approval of any fees payable to the auditors for those non-audit services which fall within the policy guidelines.

        Professional firms are selected to provide advisory services on the basis of their relevant experience and expertise. For major projects, it is the Group’s policy to undertake a competitive tendering process. In certain circumstances, for example for reasons of confidentiality or knowledge of the Group’s businesses and structures, it is appropriate to employ the Group’s auditors to provide such services without a competitive tender being undertaken.

4. Income from other fixed asset investments

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
 
Income from unlisted investments 4.3 10.4 3.9

5. Share of operating (loss)/profit in joint ventures and associates

  Year ended December 31
  2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
       
Joint ventures and associates within continuing operations 4.5 3.8 4.5
Joint ventures and associates within discontinued operations (5.1)
Amortization of goodwill (1.3) (2.2) (1.6)

  (1.9) 1.6 2.9

 
  F-22  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. Exceptional items

  Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Charged to operating loss:
Continuing operations
Costs of integration of acquired businesses (5.1)
Group Process Review costs (note (a)) (9.0)
Other restructuring costs (note (b)) (59.9) (30.0)
Goodwill impairment (note (c)) (370.0) (114.2)

Continuing operations (444.0) (144.2)

Total charged to operating loss (444.0) (144.2)

Loss on sale and closure of businesses:  
Payments relating to prior year disposals (note (d)) (14.0)
Loss on sale or closure of businesses (note (e)) (51.5)

(51.5) (158.2)

Total charged to loss on ordinary activities before tax (495.5) (158.2)


(a)    The Group Process Review was a program that aimed to achieve operating efficiencies through re-engineering of systems and processes within the business. All remaining projects have been completed during 2001.

(b)   Other restructuring costs in 2002 relate to additional provisions for vacant properties. In 2001 it included vacant property provisions and redundancy costs which resulting from the restructuring and other cost reduction and business re-engineering programs in 2001. Restructuring costs in 2001 have been restated to take account of FRS 17 adjustments relating to curtailment credits of £4.9 million.

(c)   In accordance with the requirements of FRS11 “Impairment of fixed assets and goodwill”, the directors have considered the carrying value of the Group’s purchased goodwill, and, in the light of market conditions, made a provision for impairment. In determining the amount of the impairment, which was calculated on a net realizable value basis, the directors considered a number of factors, including the current and prospective revenues, earnings and cash flows from the businesses.

(d)   During 2002, UBM settled an outstanding claim relating to the planned merger with Carlton Communications plc in 2000 and the subsequent sale of the Group’s television business. The exceptional cost of this claim to the Group, net of associated receipts amounted to £14.0 million.

(e)   Loss on sale or closure of businesses in 2001 including the loss on sale or closure of a number of U.K. online based business to business and business to consumer activities and included goodwill and investment writedowns together with provisions for planned future closures and disposals. Of the loss on sale or closure, £32.9 million relates to continuing operations and £18.6 million related to discontinued businesses. The analysis by business segment is: £47.0 million — professional media, £3.6 million — news distribution and £0.9 million — market research.

 
  F-23  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Net interest income/(expense)

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Interest receivable 87.4 55.6 25.8
Interest payable:  
-on bank loans and overdrafts (1.8 ) (1.9 ) (1.0 )
-on other loans (49.2 ) (43.6 ) (15.4 )

Group 36.4 10.1 9.4
Share of joint ventures (0.6)
Share of associates

35.8 10.1 9.4

        Interest receivable includes £8.9 million (2002: £8.8 million; 2001: £7.4 million) of interest receivable from Channel 5 Television Group Limited in respect of shareholder loans.

8. Tax on loss on ordinary activities

Year ended December 31
  a) Analysis of tax charge for the year: 2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
  
U.K. corporate income tax at 30.0% (2002: 30%; 2001: 30%) (1.0 ) (0.5 ) 15.9
Overseas tax 24.7 15.3 5.4
Tax relating to share of profits of joint ventures 1.3 1.2 1.4

25.0 16.0 22.7

Continuing operations 28.6 16.0 22.7
Discontinued operations (3.6 )
Exceptional items

25.0 16.0 22.7

Restated tax charge had deferred tax been provided in full 10.6 26.2 22.7


Year ended December 31
b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year: 2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Loss on ordinary activities before tax (537.2 ) (161.2 ) (18.4 )

Loss on ordinary activities before tax multiplied by standard rate
of corporation tax in the U.K. of 30%
  (161.2 )   (48.4 )   (5.5 )
Effect of:  
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes (primarily goodwill amortization) 203.3 76.9 35.2
Tax effect of items not recognized in consolidated financial statements (20.2 ) (8.0 ) (5.4 )
Reversal of timing differences 14.7 (1.2 ) 0.5
Higher tax rates on overseas earnings (11.1 ) (3.7 ) 0.4
Other (0.5 ) 0.4 (2.5 )

Tax on loss on ordinary activities 25.0 16.0 22.7

c) Factors that may affect future tax:

        No deferred tax has been recognized on the retained profits and reserves of overseas subsidiaries or joint ventures or associated undertakings. There is currently no intention to remit such amounts to the U.K. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized, having given consideration to the likelihood of recovery of the balance.

 
  F-24  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Dividends

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Equity dividends      
Ordinary shares:  
Interim paid of 3.3p (2002: 3.0 pence; 2001: 11.0 pence) 36.4 10.1 11.0
Proposed final of 5.7p (2002: 4.0 pence, 2001: 1.0 pence) 3.4 13.5 19.2
Non-equity dividends - B shares (see note 23) 325.3 0.6 0.4

365.1 24.2 30.6

        Non-equity dividends relate to the accrual for the LIBOR linked dividend on 6,212,819 (2002: 7,546,387) B shares remaining in issue. The non-equity dividends in 2001 represents the single dividend of 245 pence per share paid to the holders of 132,484,195 B shares who elected for this option, together with the accrual for the LIBOR related dividend at £0.7 million on 10,480,642 B shares remaining in issue. See note 23.

10. Earnings/(loss) per share

  Year ended December 31
  2001 2002 2003
    Earnings/
(loss)
£m
Weighted
average

number
of shares
million
  Earnings/
(loss)
per share
pence
    Earnings/
(loss)
£m
Weighted
average
number
of shares
million
  Earnings/
(loss)
per share
pence
    Earnings/
(loss)
£m
Weighted
average

number

of shares

million
  Earnings/
(loss)
per share
pence
                   
Adjusted earnings per share 68.9    385.7    17.9 55.1 333.8    16.5    80.3    334.2    24.0
Adjustment in respect of B share dividends (0.7 ) (0.2 ) (0.6 ) (0.2 ) (0.4 ) (0.1 )

  68.2 385.7 17.7 54.5 333.8 16.3 79.9 334.2 23.9
Adjustment in respect of amortization of intangible assets  (137.6 )  —  (35.7 )  (135.9 )  —  (40.7 )  (121.7 )  —  (36.4 )
Adjustment in respect of exceptional items:                  
- charged to operating profits (444.0 ) (115.1 ) (158.2 ) (47.4 )
- profit on sale and closure of businesses (51.5 ) (13.4 )

Basic and diluted loss per share (after B share dividends)  (564.9 )  385.7  (146.5 )  (239.6 )  333.8  (71.8 )  (41.8 )  334.2  (12.5 )

        Adjusted earnings per share is presented as the directors consider that this is a meaningful measure of the performance of the Group. For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group has two categories of dilutive potential ordinary shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the company’s ordinary shares during the year, and shares attributable to the convertible debt. No adjustment has been made for the dilutive impact in 2001 and 2002, as this would decrease reported loss per share. The impact of dilutive securities in 2003 would be to decrease the loss by £3.7 million for convertible debt (2002: £4.1 million; 2001: £7.6 million) and to increase weighted average shares by 2.6 million shares for employee share options (2002: 0.7 million; 2001: 1.2 million) and 47.8 million shares for convertible debt (2002: 47.8 million; 2001: 23.7 million).

        The weighted average number of shares excludes ordinary shares held by the ESOP and the QUEST (see note 14).

 
  F-25  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. Intangible fixed assets

  Goodwill
£m
Other
intangible
assets
£m
  Total
£m
Cost:
At January 1, 2002 1,741.9 17.3 1,759.2
Currency translation (119.1 ) (0.4 ) (119.5 )
Additions 1.3 0.3 1.6
Disposals (0.3 ) (0.3 )

At December 31, 2002 1,623.8 17.2 1,641.0

Currency translation (114.7 ) (0.4 ) (115.1 )
Additions 137.3 137.3
Disposals (2.9 ) (2.9 )
Transfers from joint ventures 1.1 1.1

At December 31, 2003 1,644.6 16.8 1,661.4

Amortization:
At January 1, 2002 1,007.0 15.4 1,022.4
Currency translation (71.6 ) (0.4 ) (72.0 )
Charge for the year 246.9 1.0 247.9
Disposals

At December 31, 2002 1,182.3 16.0 1,198.3

Currency translation (85.2 ) (0.4 ) (85.6 )
Charge for the year 118.9 1.2 120.1
Disposals (2.6 ) (2.6 )
Transfers from joint ventures 0.4 0.4

At December 31, 2003 1,213.8 16.8 1,230.6

Net book amount:
At December 31, 2003 430.8 430.8

At December 31, 2002 441.5 1.2 442.7

        Reference should be made to notes 28 and 29 for details of additions and disposals that occurred during 2002 and 2003.

        The amortization charge for the year includes an impairment charge of £nil million. The impairment charge for 2002 was £114.2 million relating to CMP Media, News Distribution and Market Research businesses.

 
  F-26  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. Tangible Fixed Assets

 Land and
buildings
£m
Plant
machinery
and vehicles
£m
  Total
£m
Cost:
At January 1, 2002 67.4 149.7 217.1
Currency translation (2.5 ) (8.8 ) (11.3 )
On acquisition of subsidiary undertakings and businesses
Additions 6.6 4.3 10.9
Disposals (0.9 ) (13.6 ) (14.5 )

At December 31, 2002 70.6 131.6 202.2

Currency translation (4.5 ) (5.1 ) (9.6 )
On acquisition of subsidiary undertakings and businesses 5.9 3.8 9.7
Additions 6.9 6.9
Disposals (1.0 ) (8.6 ) (9.6 )

At December 31, 2003 71.0 128.6 199.6

Depreciation:
At January 1, 2002 26.0 106.3 132.3
Currency translation (1.2 ) (6.3 ) (7.5 )
Charge for the year 5.9 17.3 23.2
Disposals (0.3 ) (12.8 ) (13.1 )

At December 31, 2002 30.4 104.5 134.9

Currency translation (1.6 ) (4.2 ) (5.8 )
Charge for the year 3.2 22.1 25.3
Disposals (1.0 ) (8.3 ) (9.3 )

At December 31, 2003 31.0 114.1 145.1

Net book amount:
At December 31, 2003 40.0 14.5 54.5

At December 31, 2002 40.2 27.1 67.3

Land and buildings at net book value comprise:

  At December 31
  2002
£m
2003
£m
Freehold 15.7 20.4
Long leasehold 1.3 0.5
Short leasehold 23.2 19.1

40.2 40.0

 
  F-27  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. Fixed asset investments

(a) Joint ventures  Unlisted
£m
 Goodwill
£m
 Total
£m
Cost:
At January 1, 2002 10.3 7.1 17.4
Currency translation (0.3 ) (0.7 ) (1.0 )
Additions 0.1 0.1
Transfers (8.1 ) 6.9 (1.2 )
Disposals (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Dividends (0.9 ) (0.9 )
Share of profits less losses 2.6 2.6

At December 31, 2002 3.6 13.3 16.9

Currency translation 0.5 (0.5 )
Additions 0.3 0.3
Transfers (0.8 ) (1.1 ) (1.9 )
Disposals (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Dividends (2.1 ) (2.1 )
Share of profits less losses 3.1 3.1

At December 31, 2003 4.5 11.7 16.2

Amortization:
At January 1, 2002 2.0 2.0
Currency translation (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Charge for the year 2.2 2.2

At December 31, 2002 4.1 4.1

Currency translation (0.3 ) (0.3 )
Charge for the year 1.6 1.6
Transfers (0.4 ) (0.4 )
At December 31, 2003 5.0 5.0

Net book amount:
At December 31, 2003 4.5 6.7 11.2

At December 31, 2002 3.6 9.2 12.8


(b) Associated undertakings  Unlisted
£m
 Goodwill
£m
 Total
£m
Cost:
At January 1, 2002 0.2 0.2

At December 31, 2002 0.2 0.2

At 31 December 2003 0.2 0.2

Amortization:
At January 1, 2002

At December 31, 2002

At 31 December 2003

 
Net book amount:
At December 31, 2003 0.2 0.2

At December 31, 2002 0.2 0.2

        There are no listed joint ventures or associates.

 
  F-28  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. Fixed asset investments (continued)

(c) Investments-Other Listed
Investments
£m
  Loans to
unlisted
£m
  Unlisted
Investments
£m
  Total
unlisted
investments
£m
  Investment
in own
shares
£m
  Total
£m
 
At January 1, 2002 0.2   195.2 (46.8 ) 148.4 7.3 155.9
Currency translation (1.0 ) (1.0 ) (1.0 )
Additions 15.7 5.5 21.2 1.8 23.0
Return of investment (3.2 ) (3.2 ) (3.2 )
Transfer from debtors 0.2 0.2 0.2
Disposals (0.4 ) (0.4 ) (5.0 ) (5.4 )

At December 31, 2002 0.2 210.9 (45.7 ) 165.2 4.1 169.5

Currency translation (1.2 ) (1.2 ) (1.2 )
Additions 10.3 0.9 11.2 11.2
Return of investment (1.5 ) (1.5 ) (1.5 )
Disposals (3.2 ) (1.8 ) (5.0 ) (5.0 )

At December 31, 2003 0.2 218.0 (49.3 ) 168.9 4.1 173.0

        Additions to loans to unlisted investments include additional shareholder loans to Channel 5 Television Group Limited.

        The market value of other listed investments at December 31, 2003 was £1.1 million (2002: £1.0 million). The Group also holds investments in own shares through the ESOP and QUEST. The market value of own shares held in the ESOP and QUEST at December 31, 2003 was £6.7 million (2002: £5.6 million) and the nominal value was £0.3 million (2002: £0.4 million).

        Certain of the Group’s investments which were previously classified as associated undertakings and joint ventures were reclassified as fixed asset investments during the years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 2001 as the level of influence exerted by United over these businesses is not considered sufficient to meet the requirements of FRS 9. The investments comprise Channel 5 Television Group Limited, Independent Television News Limited, SDN Limited, Satellite Information Services (Holdings) Ltd and Paperloop.com, Inc. UBM does not consider that these investments are core to its ongoing activities.

        Principal fixed asset investments are as follows (see Group Accounting Policies for applicable treatment):

Type of
business
  Country of
incorporation/
registration
  Class of
shares
held
  Share-
holding/
interest %
  Accounting
year end

Joint ventures:          
Canada Newswire Limited News distribution   Canada   Ordinary   50.00%   31 December
ANP Pers Support News distribution Netherlands Ordinary 50.00% 31 December
EMedia Asia Limited Exhibitions and
publications
Barbados Ordinary 39.90% 31 December
Other fixed asset investments:
Channel 5 Television Group Limited Broadcasting Great Britain Ordinary 35.37% 31 December
Paperloop.com, Inc Internet business U.S.A Ordinary 37.20% 31 December
The Press Association News distribution Great Britain Ordinary 17.01% 31 December
SDN Limited Multiplex Operator Great Britain Ordinary 33.30% 31 December
Satellite Information Services (Holdings) Ltd News distribution Great Britain Ordinary 20.00% 31 March
Independent Televisions News Limited Broadcasting Great Britain Ordinary 20.00% 31 December

 
  F-29  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. Fixed asset investments (continued)

Significant investments

        The unaudited financial statements of Channel 5 Television Group Limited for the year ended December 31, 2003 show aggregate capital and reserves of £(509.1) million (2002: £(495.2) million) and a loss for the financial year of £(13.9) million (2002: £(27.2) million).

Employee Share Ownership Plan

        An Employee Share Ownership Plan (the “United ESOP”) was established by the company on June 24, 1996. MAI already had an Employee Share Ownership Plan established in 1989 (the “MAI ESOP”). The United ESOP has purchased in the open market, or has received from the MAI ESOP, or has been granted options over, UBM shares which are held on trust for employees participating in the plans listed below. The purchase of shares in the open market is financed through bonuses sacrificed by senior executives under the terms of the Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan (“SEEPP”) and contributions in cash by the company to finance the acquisition of the matching element of such bonuses.

        Dividends on the shares held by the United ESOP have been waived. The costs of running these schemes have been included in the profit and loss account.

Qualifying Employee Share Trust

        In January 1998 a Qualifying Employee Share Trust (the “QUEST”) was established for the purpose of satisfying exercises of options under the MAI Sharesave Scheme and the United SAYE Share Option Scheme. A new company, United QUEST Trustee Limited, was incorporated for the purposes of administering the QUEST. On January 28, 1998, the company issued 3,579,947 shares to the QUEST for a total consideration of £25,732,629, equal to 719 pence per share, the mid-market price at the close of business on January 28, 1998.

        On March 17, 2000, the company issued 500,185 shares to the QUEST for a total consideration of £4,321,600 equal to 869p per share, the mid-market price at the close of business on March 17, 2000. On May 18, 2001, the company issued 100,000 shares to the QUEST for a total consideration of £727,000 equal to 727p per share, the mid-market price at the close of business on May 18, 2001. On March 20, 2002, the company issued 300,000 shares to the QUEST for a total consideration of £1,752,000 equal to 584p per share, the mid-market price at the close of business on March 20, 2002.

        The dividend on the shares held by the QUEST have been waived.

  At December 31
  2002 2003
The holdings of the United ESOP and the QUEST
were as follows:
Options over
United shares
Number of
United shares
Options over
United shares
Number of
United shares
United ESOP        
- Ordinary shares 1,332,707  1,239,276  623,593  953,322 
- B shares 1,165,572  529,530  397,094  329,484 
QUEST
- Ordinary —  243,492  —  240,722 

 
  F-30  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. Fixed asset investments (continued)

        The market value of UBM shares at December 31, 2003 was 491.5p (2002: 290.0p, 2001: 480.0p) per share.

        The Group has taken advantage of the exemption in UITF 17 (revised) and has not applied the abstract to its SAYE and equivalent overseas schemes.

        As at December 31, the maximum aggregate liabilities of the United ESOP and the QUEST were as follows:

Number of shares over
which options were
outstanding
at December 31

2002
£m
2003
£m
SEEPP-bonus options    
- Ordinary shares 602,976  255,762 
- B shares 672,857  125,841 
SEEPP-matching options
- Ordinary shares 370,613  357,588 
- B shares 491,641  255,710 
Harlow Butler Share Bonus Plan 6,743  6,743 
LTIP 339,675  — 
Senior Executive Allocations 12,000  12,000 
MAI Sharesave Scheme 16,672  — 
United SAYE Scheme 834,426  2,398,812 

  3,347,603  3,412,456 

14. Stocks

At December 31
2002
Gross
£m
2002
Provision
£m
2002
Net
£m
2003
Gross
£m
2003
Provision
£m
2003
Net
£m
Raw materials and consumables-paper stocks 1.0 (0.3) 0.7 1.2 (0.1) 1.1
Work in progress - short term market research contracts 14.1 14.1 18.0 (0.4) 17.6
                            - other 0.3 (0.3) 0.3 (0.3)
Finished goods and goods for resale 1.8 1.8 2.0 (0.3) 1.7

  17.2 (0.6) 16.6 21.5 (1.1) 20.4

 
  F-31  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Debtors

At December 31
 
2002
£m
  2003
£m
 
Amounts falling due within one year:    
Trade debtors 123.1 125.8
Bad debt provision (see below) (15.9 ) (10.8 )
Other debtors 13.8 11.4
Prepayments and accrued income 40.0 29.8
Pension prepayments defined contribution schemes 2.3 2.3

  163.3 158.5

        Provision for bad debt is summarized as follows:

2001
£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
 
At January 1 (20.0 ) (23.8 ) (15.9 )
Provided in the year (8.2 ) (5.9 ) (2.6 )
Utilized in the year 4.4 13.8 7.7

At December 31 (23.8 ) (15.9 ) (10.8 )

16. Current asset investments

At December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
Overseas    
Listed investments — Short-term liquid funds 594.8 425.2
Unlisted investments — Other 1.5

  596.3 425.2

17. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

At December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
Unsecured bank overdrafts (0.2) (2.7)
Bank and other loans (see note 18) (15.8) (238.9)
2.375% senior convertible bonds (see note 20) —  (221.1)
Trade creditors (38.8) (47.3)
Other creditors (55.0) (41.1)
Deferred consideration —  (5.4)
Corporation tax (277.4) (308.5)
Other taxes and social security (21.3) (13.4)
Accruals and deferred income (183.5) (178.7)
Proposed dividends (13.9) (19.5)

  (605.9) (1,076.6)

U.S. dollar private placement

        Bank and other loans include U.S. dollar fixed rate financial liabilities being a private placement of £69.8 million which is repayable in September 2004 (2002: £77.6 million).

 
  F-32  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

18. Bank and other loans due after more than one year

At December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
Other loans (338.5) (101.9)

        Other loans include US dollar fixed rate financial liabilities of $424.3 (2002: $424.m million), (sterling equivalent 2003: £235.3 million; 2002: £260.9 million) of senior unsecured loan notes (stated net of $75.7 million (2003: £42.3 million; 2002: £47.0 million) of repurchases made by a wholly owned subsidiary and net of issue costs). The notes were issued in two tranches: $250 million (£139.6 million) 7.25% notes due July 2004 and $250 million (£139.6 million) 7.75% notes due July 2009 (stated at par value). In 2003, bank and other loans less than one year (see note 18) includes £133.4 million of these notes (stated net of $10.7 million (£5.9 million) of the repurchases made by a wholly owned subsidiary and net of issue costs).

        The notes repurchased are held by a wholly owned subsidiary and have not been cancelled. Accordingly, these continue to be shown as amounts owing in the company balance sheet.

Borrowing facilities

        In addition, the Group has a five-year stand-by £500 million syndicated bank credit facility. At December 31, 2003 there was £21.1 million borrowed under this facility (2002: £nil). All conditions precedent to the committed borrowing facilities were met at December 31, 2003 and the facility incurs commitment fees of 0.2% per annum (2002: 0.2% per annum).

19. Other creditors due after more than one year

At December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
Other creditors (13.3) (5.4)

20. Convertible debt

At December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
2.375% senior convertible bonds (see below) (245.0)

        United Business Media (Jersey) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company has in issue five year $400 million 2.375% fixed convertible bond with a coupon payable semi-annually. The bonds are convertible into Preference Shares of United Business Media (Jersey) Ltd at any time up to the seventh calendar day before the date fixed for redemption, December 19, 2006. The Preference Shares will, in turn, be exchangeable immediately for a total of 47.8 million Ordinary Shares in the Company.

 
  F-33  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

20. Convertible debt (continued)

        United Business Media (Jersey) Limited may redeem all of the $400 million bonds at their principal amount, together with accrued interest:

a)   at any time after December 19, 2004 if the market price per Ordinary Share on each of the dealing days in any period of 30 days ending not earlier than 14 days prior to the giving of the notice of redemption has been at least 130 per cent of the Exchange Price on such dealing day; or

b)   at any time if 85 per cent or more of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds originally issued shall have been previously purchased and cancelled, redeemed or converted.

        Convertible bondholders may put the bond back to United Business Media (Jersey) Limited for par on December 19, 2004.

        In line with accounting convention, the convertible debt has been classified in creditors falling due within one year (£221.1 million) on the grounds that the earliest possible date for redemption is 19 December 2004.

21. Financial instruments

Objectives, policies and procedures

        The Group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to currency and interest rate risk is managed by the Group’s treasury department. Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of policies and guidelines authorized by the board and are subject to internal control procedures. The objective of the framework is to provide flexibility whilst minimizing risk and prohibiting speculative transactions or positions to be taken. Further detail on policies for managing funding requirements, investment of surplus funds and management of risks can be found in the Financial Review.

a) Financial liabilities

        The interest rate risk profile of the Group’s financial liabilities was:


  At December 31
Currency Total
2002
£m
Floating rate
financial
liabilities
2002
£m
Fixed rate
financial
liabilities
2002
£m
Financial
liabilities
on which no
interest is paid
2002
£m
Fixed rate
liabilities
Weighted average
interest rate
2002
%
Fixed rate liabilities
Weighted average
period for which
rate is fixed
2002
Years
Sterling 41.5 8.8 7.6 25.1 5.0 2.0
U.S. Dollar 629.6 276.4 307.1 46.1 3.4 3.5
Euro
Other currencies 0.2 0.2

Total 671.3 285.4 314.7 71.2


  At December 31
Currency Total
2003
£m
Floating rate
financial
liabilities
2003
£m
Fixed rate
financial
liabilities
2003
£m
Financial
liabilities
on which no
interest is paid
2003
£m
Fixed rate
liabilities
Weighted average
interest rate
2003
%
Fixed rate liabilities
Weighted average
period for which
rate is fixed
2003
Years
Sterling 46.4 7.3 7.6 31.5 5.0 3.0
U.S. Dollar 563.9 82.2 44.7 37.0 5.1 2.9
Euro 22.8 22.8
Other currencies

Total 633.1 112.3 452.3 68.5

 
  F-34  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Financial instruments (continued)

Maturity of financial liabilities

        The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s financial liabilities was:


  At December 31
Maturity
Debt
2002
£m
Other financial
liabilities
2002
£m
Total
2002
£m
Within 1 year, or on demand 16.0 14.4 30.4
Between 1 and 2 years 470.4 21.4 491.8
Between 2 and 5 years 18.2 18.2
Over 5 years 113.1 17.8 130.9

Total 599.5 71.8 671.3

Finance charges allocated to future periods
Unamortized issue costs
8.1 8.1


  At December 31
Maturity
Debt
2002
£m
Other financial
liabilities
2002
£m
Total
2002
£m
Within 1 year, or on demand 462.7 22.3 485.0
Between 1 and 2 years 11.8 11.8
Between 2 and 5 years 20.7 20.7
Over 5 years 101.9 13.7 115.6

Total 564.6 68.5 633.1

Finance charges allocated to future periods
Unamortized issue costs
4.1 4.1

        Non-equity B shares of £0.5 million (2002: £0.6 million) have been excluded from the above tables, as they have no fixed maturity date.

        In 2002, the effect of the Group’s interest rate swaps was to classify as floating rate in the above table all £81.0 million of the outstanding £133.4 million 2004 fixed rate U.S. loan notes. This debt has been swapped into six month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus an average of 2.3% to the maturity date of the debt.

        Other floating rate financial liabilities comprise of borrowings which bear interest at rates based on the LIBOR minus a margin for each relevant currency for periods between one and six months; and non-equity B shares which pay a dividend equal to 75% of 12 month sterling LIBOR.

        Other financial liabilities include £5.4 million of other creditors falling due after more than one year (2002: £13.3 million) and £63.1 million of provisions (2002: £58.5 million) with an average maturity of 2.7 years.

 
  F-35  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Financial instruments (continued)

(b) Financial assets

Interest rate risk profile of financial assets

        The interest rate risk profile of the Group’s financial assets at 31 December was:


  At December 31
Currency Total
2002
£m
Cash at bank
and deposits
2002
£m
Other financial
assets
2002
£m
Floating rate
2002
£m
Fixed rate
2002
£m
Non interest
bearing
Total
2002
£m
Sterling 397.2 59.0 338.2 200.5 50.0 147.2
U.S. Dollar 455.8 33.3 422.5 361.6 75.8 18.4
Euro 1.7 1.7 1.5 0.2
Other currencies 3.7 2.7 1.0 2.2 1.5

Total 858.4 96.7 761.7 565.8 125.8 167.3


  At December 31
Currency Total
2003
£m
Cash at bank
and deposits
2003
£m
Other financial
assets
2003
£m
Floating rate
2003
£m
Fixed rate
2003
£m
Non interest
bearing
Total
2003
£m
Sterling 344.0 82.4 261.6 20.2 170.0 153.7
U.S. Dollar 431.0 98.9 332.1 346.7 68.1 16.2
Euro 2.8 2.8 2.1 0.7
Other currencies 2.2 1.8 0.4 1.1 1.2

Total 780.0 185.9 594.1 370.1 238.1 171.8

        The Group’s two U.S. dollar senior unsecured loan notes carry interest rates that are significantly in excess of market rates. As stated in the Financial Review the Group has redeemed $75 million of these bonds early in order to reduce the Group’s net interest exposure. Additionally, to achieve a higher level of redemption without making a significant early redemption payment, the Group has entered into the following transactions that have a similar economic effect to redeeming the bonds.

        In 2002, the Group purchased U.S.$205 million of credit linked notes from a number of counterparties, these notes having similar maturities to the U.S. dollar loan notes. The notes pay interest at an average rate of LIBOR plus 267 basis points per annum. $120 million of these variable flows have then been swapped into fixed rate flows of between 6.86% and 8.1% per annum as a hedge against the 7.25% and 7.75% per annum fixed coupon payments on the U.S. dollar loan notes.

        In return for paying interest on the credit linked notes at rates in excess of LIBOR the final redemption to be received by the company is determined by certain circumstances related to the credit risk of the company. These circumstances arise if there has been a “credit event” as defined in the terms of the note, in which case the counterparties may redeem the notes at less than par value. A credit event arises in the event of any of the following circumstances:

-   a bankruptcy of the company;

-   if the Group is required by any of its lenders to accelerate repayment of borrowings;

-   if the Group fails to make payment under any of its borrowings;

-   if the Group restructures any of its borrowings in order to avoid default;

-   if any of its borrowings are repudiated, disaffirmed or rejected or subject to any moratorium.

        If a credit event should take place, the credit linked note may not necessarily be redeemed for cash. The company may receive its own bonds or debt obligations with a par value equivalent to the amount of the credit linked notes from the counterparties in settlement of redemption of the note.

 
  F-36  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Financial instruments (continued)

        Fixed rate financial assets have the following weighted average interest rates and periods for which that rate is fixed:

Year ended December 31
Fixed rate financial assets
Weighted average
interest rate
  Fixed rate financial assets
Weighted average
period for which rate is
fixed
  2003  2002    2003  2002 
Currency   Years  Years 
Sterling 4.0 5.0   0.6 1.0
U.S. dollar 7.4 7.4   3.1 4.1

        The effect of the Group’s swaps was to classify £170 million of floating rate cash in the above tables as fixed rate at an average rate of 4.0% and £67.0 million of floating rate credit linked notes in the above tables to fixed rate at an average of 7.4%

        Non-interest bearing financial assets comprise mainly other fixed asset investments for which there is no maturity.

(c)        Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

        The following tables provide a comparison by category of the carrying amounts and the fair values of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002. The fair value of U.S. dollar private placements (included in long-term borrowings) was calculated by discounting expected future cash flows at risk adjusted interest rates. Market values obtained from third parties have been used to determine the fair value of interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts, the convertible bonds and the U.S. dollar senior unsecured loan notes and other financial assets (excluding unlisted fixed asset investments and long-term debtors). The fair value of cash at bank and deposits approximates to their book value due to their short maturity. Market values have been used as the fair value for listed investments. For all other financial assets and liabilities the carrying amount has been used.

At December 31
Book value
2002
£m
  Fair value
2002
£m
 
Primary financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations:    
Financial liabilities:
Short-term borrowings (up to two years) (241.4 ) (256.7 )
Long-term borrowings (over two years) (358.1 ) (366.8 )
Other financial liabilities (71.8 ) (90.3 )
Financial assets:
Cash at bank and deposits 96.7 96.7
Other financial assets 761.7 767.2

Derivative financial instruments held to manage the interest rate profile:
Interest rate swaps
- assets 6.2 16.8
- liabilities

 
  F-37  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Financial instruments (continued)

At December 31
Book value
2003
£m
  Fair value
2003
£m
 
Primary financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations:    
Financial liabilities:
Short-term borrowings (up to two years) (462.7 ) (519.1 )
Long-term borrowings (over two years) (101.9 ) (119.0 )
Other financial liabilities (68.5 ) (68.5 )
Financial assets:
Cash at bank and deposits 185.9 185.9
Other financial assets 594.1 601.5

Derivative financial instruments held to manage the interest rate profile:
Interest rate swaps
- assets 7.9
- liabilities (0.5 )

(d) Hedges

        The Group’s policy is to hedge interest rate risk using fixed rate borrowings and financial instruments such as interest rate swaps. Net foreign transaction risks are hedged as they arise, generally using forward foreign exchange contracts, whilst foreign currency borrowings are used to provide an economic hedge against investments in overseas territories.

        The tables below show the extent to which the Group has unrecognized gains and losses in respect of financial instruments used as hedges at the beginning and end of the year. All the gains and losses on the hedging instruments are expected to be matched by losses and gains on the hedged transactions or positions.

 

Unrecognized
gains
2001
£m
  Unrecognized
losses
2001
£m
  Total net gains/
(losses)
2001
£m
 
Unrecognized gains and losses on hedges at January 1, 2001 14.8 (0.9 ) 13.9
Arising in previous years included in 2001 income (2.1 ) (8.0 ) (10.1 )

Gains and losses not included in 2001 income
Arising before January 1, 2001 12.7 (8.9 ) 3.8
Arising in 2001 0.3 0.3

Gains and losses on hedges at December 31, 2001 13.0 (8.9 ) 4.1

of which
Gains and losses expected to be included in 2002 income 11.9 (8.9 ) 3.0

Gains and losses expected to be included in 2003 income or  later 1.1 1.1


Unrecognized
gains
2002
£m
  Unrecognized
losses
2002
£m
  Total net gains/
(losses)
2002
£m
 
Unrecognized gains and losses on hedges at January 1, 2002 13.0 (8.9 ) 4.1
Arising in previous years included in 2002 income 11.8 (8.9 ) 2.9

Gains and losses not included in 2002 income
Arising before January 1, 2002 1.2 1.2
Arising in 2002 9.4 9.4

Gains and losses on hedges at December 31, 2002 10.6 10.6

of which
Gains and losses expected to be included in 2003 income 10.6 10.6

Gains and losses expected to be included in 2004 income or  later

 
  F-38  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Financial instruments (continued)

Unrecognized
gains
2003
£m
  Unrecognized
losses
2003
£m
  Total net gains/
(losses)
2003
£m
 
Unrecognized gains and losses on hedges at January 1, 2003 10.6 10.6
Arising in previous years included in 2003 income 10.0 10.0

Gains and losses not included in 2003 income
Arising before January 1, 2003 0.6 0.6
Arising in 2003 7.3 (0.5 ) 6.8

Gains and losses on hedges at December 31, 2003 7.9 (0.5 ) 7.4

of which
Gains and losses expected to be included in 2004 income 3.0 (0.5 ) 2.5

Gains and losses expected to be included in 2005 income or  later 4.9 4.9

Currency exposures

        As outlined in the Financial Review, the Group policy is to hedge, where possible, in all material respects exposures on monetary assets and liabilities. The table below shows the extent to which Group companies have monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than their functional currency.


At December 31
Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)
2002
Sterling
£m
  2002
U.S. dollar
£m
  2002
Euro
£m
  2002
Other
£m
  2002
Total
£m
 
Functional currency of Group operation:      
Sterling 0.1 1.3 (0.1  ) 1.3
U.S. dollar 0.3 1.4 1.7
Euro (0.1 ) 0.6  — 0.5
Other currencies

Total 0.2 0.7 2.7 (0.1 ) 3.5


At December 31
Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)
2003
Sterling
£m
  2003
U.S. dollar
£m
  2003
Euro
£m
  2003
Other
£m
  2003
Total
£m
 
Functional currency of Group operation:      
Sterling 68.3 (18.6 ) (1.3 ) 48.4
U.S. dollar 0.2 (0.1 ) (0.7 ) (0.6 )
Euro (0.2 ) 0.1 0.4  — 0.3
Other currencies

Total 68.4 (18.3 ) (2.0 ) 48.1

22. Other provisions for liabilities and charges

Property
£m
  Former
financial
services
£m
  Total
£m
 
At January 1, 2002 37.8 3.2 41.0
Provided in the year 30.0 30.0
Utilized in the year (12.5 ) (12.5 )

At December 31, 2002 55.3 3.2 58.5

On acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and businesses 4.3 4.3
Transfer of property accruals 23.4 23.4
Utilized in the year (22.5 ) (0.6 ) (23.1 )

At December 31, 2003 60.5 2.6 63.1

 
  F-39  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. Other provisions for liabilities and charges (continued)

Liabilities on property

        The Group has lease obligations in respect of the continuing costs of vacant property, the quantification of which depends upon the ability to exit the leases early or sublet the properties, and for dilapidations on certain leasehold properties which are dependent principally on actual reinstatement costs on expiry of the leases. The provision in respect of these obligations at December 31, 2003 has been determined following external professional advice and will be utilized over the period of the leases in question, which range from 1 to 15 years.

        During the year, balances relating to vacant property previously held within accruals were transferred to provisions.

Liabilities arising from former financial services activities

        A subsidiary of the Group was formerly engaged in the selling of personal pensions prior to 1996. As a result of the industry-wide review into pension mis-selling by the Personal Investment Authority, the Group is exposed to actual and potential future claims by investors in respect of policies found to have been mis-sold. Although work continues to progress with respect to the identification and review of all pension policies sold, the number and amount of such claims can not be fully determined until all potential compensation costs have been agreed. The amount of the provision at December 31, 2003 has been determined on the basis of independent financial advice.

Deferred tax

        The amount of provided and unprovided deferred tax (asset) is as follows:

At December 31
2002
Provided
£m
  2002
Unprovided
£m
  2003
Provided
£m
  2003
Unprovided
£m
Accelerated capital allowances   (7.1)     (4.4)
Other timing differences (85.0) (79.7)

                                                                     — (92.1) (84.1)

        These deferred tax assets have not been recognized, having given consideration to the likelihood of recovery of the balance.

        The above tables do not include any tax on the distribution of retained profits and reserves by overseas subsidiaries, joint ventures or associated undertakings as there is currently no intention to remit such amounts to the U.K. Additionally, deferred tax has not been included in respect of the FRS 17 pensions deficit (see note 30).

 
  F-40  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23.     Called up share capital

At December 31
2001
2002
2003
£m
£m
£m
Authorized      
486,851,630 (2002:486,851,630; 2001: 486,851,630) Ordinary shares of 25 pence each 121.7 121.7 121.7
 375,417,690 (2002:375,417,690; 2001: 375,417,690) B shares of 8 and 23/44p each 32.0 32.0 32.0
Nil (2002: Nil; 2001: 132,484,195) Deferred shares of 8 and 23/44p each 11.3

153.7 153.7 165.0


Allotted and fully paid
Ordinary
Shares
Number
B Shares
Number
Deferred
shares
Number
In issue at January 1, 2001 506,971,012
Allotted in respect of share option schemes and other 1,049,836
  entitlements
Adjustment to share capital in respect of capital (173,148,370 ) 507,901,885
  reorganization
B shares purchased by the company (364,937,048 )
B shares converted to Deferred shares (132,484,195 ) 132,484,195
Convertible bonds exercised 133,376

In issue at December 31, 2001 335,005,854 10,480,642 132,484,195
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 607,381
B shares purchased by the company (2,934,255 )
Cancellation of deferred shares (132,484,195 )
Convertible bonds exercised 2,118

In issue at December 31, 2002 335,615,353 7,546,387
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 310,800
B shares purchased by the company (1,333,568 )
Ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled (100,000 )

In issue at December 31, 2003 335,826,153 6,212,819


Ordinary
Shares
£m
B Shares
£m
Deferred
shares
£m
Total
£m
Allotted and fully paid        
In issue at January 1, 2001 126.8 126.8
Allotted in respect of share option schemes and other 0.3 0.3
  entitlements
Adjustment to share capital in respect of capital (43.4 ) 43.4
  reorganization
B shares purchased by the company (31.2 ) (31.2 )
B shares converted to Deferred shares (11.3 ) 11.3

In issue at December 31, 2001 83.7 0.9 11.3 95.9
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 0.2 0.2
B shares purchased by the company (0.3 ) (0.3 )
Cancellation of deferred shares (11.3 ) (11.3 )

In issue at December 31, 2002 83.9 0.6 84.5
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 0.1 0.1
B shares purchased by the company (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Cancellation of deferred shares

In issue at December 31, 2003 84.0 0.5 84.5

 
  F-41  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENT

23.     Called up share capital (continued)

        On 27 June 2003, the company repurchased and cancelled 100,000 ordinary shares at £2.93 per share.

        The return of capital to shareholders undertaken in 2001, took the form of a subdivision and consolidation of the existing United ordinary shares. On April 23, 2001, each of the existing 507,901,885 ordinary shares of 25 pence then in issue were sub-divided into one share of 8 23/44 pence (B Shares) and one share of 16 21/44 pence and immediately following such sub-division every issued share of 16 21/44 pence was sub-divided into 29 shares of 25/44 pence. Every 44 shares of 25/44 pence each resulting from such sub-division were then consolidated into one ordinary share of 25 pence. The subdivision created a class of B shares with a total value of approximately £1.25 billion. U.K. shareholders had the option to sell these shares for 245 pence per share, to receive a single dividend of 245 pence per share, or to retain the B shares and receive a continuing dividend linked to LIBOR. During the year ended December 31, 2003, 1,333,568 B shares were purchased by the company for consideration of £3.3 million. Cumulatively to December 31, 2003, 369,204,871 B shares have been purchased by the company for consideration of £904.6 million. At December 31, 2003, 6,212,819 B shares remain in issue.

        The B shares are irredeemable; however, the company has the authority to convert, at its option, all remaining B shares in issue after April 23, 2011, if the number is less than 125 million. The conversion into ordinary shares will be based on the market price of ordinary shares at the time of the conversion.

B Shares

        B shareholders are entitled to a non-cumulative preference dividend based on the principal of 245 pence per share. The dividend is the lower of 25 per cent per annum or 75 per cent of the 12 month LIBOR rate. On winding up, the B shareholders are entitled to 245 pence per share and the relevant proportion of the dividends outstanding. B shareholders do not have any voting entitlements except in a resolution relating to a winding up of the company or if the B share dividend has been outstanding for more than six months. B shares are treated as non-equity shares.

 
  F-42  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

24.    Share premium account and reserves

Share
premium
account
£m
Merger
reserve
£m
Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
Other
reserves
£m
Profit and
loss account
£m
Total
£m
At January 1, 2001 299.5 31.3 125.0 1,837.4 2,293.2
 Retained loss for the year (929.3 ) (929.3 )
 Actuarial loss on pension scheme (49.0 ) (49.0 )
 Adjustment to share capital in respect of
   capital reorganization 31.2 31.2
 Premium on shares issued, net of costs 6.3 6.3
 B shares purchased by the company* (901.3 ) (901.3 )
 Currency translation 16.0 16.0

 At December 31, 2001 305.8 31.3 31.2 125.0 (26.2 ) 467.1
 Retained loss for the year (263.2 ) (263.2 )
 Actuarial loss on pension scheme (50.6 ) (50.6 )
 Premium on shares issued, net of costs 2.7 2.7
 B shares purchased by the company* 0.3 (7.4 ) (7.1 )
 Cancellation of deferred shares 11.3 11.3
 Currency translation (33.4 ) (33.4 )

 At December 31, 2002 308.5   31.3   42.8   125.0   (380.8 ) 126.8
 Retained loss for the year         (72.0 ) (72.0 )
 Actuarial gain on pension scheme         11.6   11.6
 Premium on shares issued, net of costs 0.9           0.9
 Ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled         (0.3 ) (0.3 )
 B shares purchased by the company*     0.1     (3.3 ) (3.2 )
 Currency translation         (20.5 ) (20.5 )

 At December 31, 2003 309.4   31.3   42.9   125.0   (465.3 ) 43.3

*Return of capital to shareholders in respect of B shares purchased by the company includes costs of £nil (2002: £0.2 million).

        The total Group reserves at December 31, 2003 include £5.7 million (2002: £4.2 million; 2001: £3.8 million) in respect of joint ventures and £(28.9) million (2002: £(28.9) million, 2001: £(28.9) million) in respect of associated undertakings, of which £(12.0) million (2002: £(13.6) million 2001: £(14.9) million) has been dealt with in the profit and loss account and £(11.2) million (2002: £(11.1) million, 2001: £(10.2) million) of exchange has been dealt with in reserves, in line with SSAP 20.

        The profit and loss account reserves excluding the pension liability (see note 31) totaled £(381.4) million at 31 December 2003 ( £(289.9) million at 31 December 2002).

        The prior year adjustment of £48.9 million shown in the comparatives in the Statement of Group Total Recognised Gains and Losses relates to the implementation of FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits”. In 2002, the adjustment included a decrease in opening reserves at 1 January 2001 of £3.9m million, an adjustment to reduce the loss for the year ended 31 December 2001 by £4.0 million and an adjustment to amounts recognised in the Statement of Group Total Recognised Gains and Losses for the year ended 31 December 2001 of £49.0 million, representing the actuarial loss for that year.

        The company received £1.0 million (2002: £2.9 million) on the issue of shares in respect of the exercise of options awarded under various share option plans, of which £1.0 million (2002: £2.9 million) is payable by employees to the Group for the issue of these shares.

        The net amount of foreign currency losses on foreign exchange borrowings less deposits offset in the reserves of the Group was a gain of £13.0 million (2002: gain of £24.0 million, 2001: loss of £(11.3) million).

 
  F-43  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25.     Commitments and contingent liabilities

        At December 31, 2003 the Group is committed to make payments during the following year under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

Year ended December 31
Land and
Buildings
Other
2002
£m
2003
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Operating leases which expire:          
Within one year 1.5 1.4   1.9 0.5
Two to five years 6.3 9.8   0.4 0.2
After five years 23.2 21.2  

31.0 32.4   2.3 0.7

    Capital  expenditure contracted for but not provided in the financial statements amounts to £0.2 million (2002: £0.2 million).

        The company acts as guarantor over a net overdraft facility of £70 million and a foreign exchange line of £50 million that are available to subsidiary undertakings. The company also acts as guarantor over the fixed interest payable on interest rate swaps taken out by a subsidiary undertaking. The company also acts as guarantor over the convertible bonds disclosed in note 20.

26.     Reconciliation of operating loss to cash inflow from operating activities

Year ended December 31
As restated
2001
£m

2002
£m
2003
£m
Operating loss (520.0 ) (215.2 ) (22.3 )
Depreciation charges 23.3 23.2 25.3  
Amortization of intangible assets 506.3 247.9 120.1  
Share of results of joint ventures 0.3 (1.6 ) (2.9 )
Share of results of associates 1.6  
Income from other fixed asset investments (4.3 ) (10.4 ) (3.9 )
Profit on sale of fixed asset investments (4.3 )
Loss on sale of tangible fixed assets 1.0 0.4 0.3  
Payments against provisions (3.8 ) (14.9 ) (23.1 )
Decrease/(increase) in stocks 5.6 (0.7 ) (1.4 )
Decrease in debtors 68.8 44.3 12.3  
Decrease in creditors (76.0 ) (29.4 ) (11.9 )
Payments against exceptionals and other restructuring costs (19.0 ) (20.2 )  
Other non-cash items including movements on provisions 30.9 32.1 (3.6 )

Net cash inflow from operating activities 14.7 55.5 84.6  

        The effect of exceptional items on cash inflow from operating activities was an outflow of £nil million (2002: £30.0 million).

 
  F-44  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27.     Analysis of movement in net cash

At
January 1,
2001
£m
Cash
flow
£m
Other
non-cash
movements
£m

Exchange
movements
£m
At
December 31,
2001
£m
Cash at bank and in hand 1,115.2       353.0
Overdrafts                 (0.2 )

1,115.2       352.8
Less deposits treated as liquid resources (1,093.3 )       (343.0 )

21.9 (12.1 ) 9.8
Debt due after one year (590.5 ) (255.9 ) (2.0 ) (10.9 ) (859.3 )
Debt due within one year (41.1 ) 1.7 (39.4 )

(609.7 ) (266.3 ) (2.0 ) (10.9 ) (888.9 )
Deposits included in cash 1,093.3 (755.1 ) 4.8 343.0
Current asset investments 1,069.4 (469.0 ) (5.2 ) 595.2

Total 1,553.0 (1,490.4 ) (2.0 ) (11.3 ) 49.3


  At
January 1,
2002
£m
Cash
flow
£m
Other
non-cash
movements
£m
Exchange
movements
£m
At
December 31,
2002
£m
Cash at bank and in hand 353.0                                            96.7
Overdrafts (0.2 ) (0.2 )     (0.2

352.8       96.5
Less deposits treated as liquid resources (343.0 )       (75.4 )

9.8 13.0 (1.7 ) 21.1
Debt due after one year (859.3 ) 211.8 (6.2 ) 70.2 (583.5 )
Debt due within one year (39.4 ) 23.6 (15.8 )

(888.9 ) 248.4 (6.2 ) 68.5 (578.2 )
Deposits included in cash 343.0 (264.4 ) (3.2 ) 75.4
Current asset investments 595.2 42.4 (41.3 ) 596.3

Total 49.3 26.4 (6.2 ) 24.0 93.5


At
January 1,
2003
£m
Cash
flow
£m
Other
non-cash
movements
£m
Exchange
movements
£m
At
December 31,
2003
£m
Cash at bank and in hand 96.7                                        185.9  
Overdrafts (0.2 )             (2.7 )

96.5               183.2  
Less deposits treated as liquid resources (75.4 )             (169.5 )

21.1   (6.5 )   (0.9 ) 13.7  
Debt due after one year (583.5 ) 470.8   (0.7 ) 11.5   (101.9 )
Debt due within one year (15.8 ) (490.7 ) (1.3 ) 47.8   (460.0 )

(578.2 ) (26.4 ) (2.0 ) 58.4   (548.2 )
Deposits included in cash 75.4   103.3     (9.2 ) 169.5  
Current asset investments 596.3   (134.9 )   (36.2 ) 425.2  

Total 93.5   (58.0 ) (2.0 ) 13.0   46.5  

        Cash deposits held in respect of letters of credit included in cash above amounted to £6.1 million in 2003.

 
  F-45  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

28.     Disposal of subsidiary undertakings and businesses (continued)

        There were no material disposals in 2002.

        The following summarizes disposals during the previous three years.

 Disposals  
April 2001             Springboard Internet Services Ltd, (LineOne) for a cash consideration of £22.4 million.
February 2003             Sporting Index for a cash consideration of £9.1 million.

29.     Purchase of subsidiary undertakings and businesses

2003
Total
£m
Gross cost of acquisitions in the year 144.6  
Cash at acquisition (8.4 )

 
Cost of acquisitions 136.2  
Adjustments to goodwill in respect of prior year acquisitions (6.3 )

 
Cash paid in the year net of cash acquired (including £4.0 million relating to joint ventures) 129.9  

 
Gross cost of acquisitions represents:
Goodwill 137.3  
Fixed assets 9.7  
Net current assets 5.1  
Provisions for liabilities and charges (4.3 )
Pension liability (3.2 )

 
144.6  

 

        Adjustments to goodwill in respect of prior year acquisitions include an adjustment for deferred consideration for the 2001 acquisition of Allison-Fisher International, Inc. Under the earn out arrangement, if certain profit targets over the period from acquisition until 30 June 2004 are met, additional consideration of up to $33.0 million may be payable. The amount provided reflects the latest estimate of the amount which will be payable.

        There were no acquisitions in 2002.

2001
Total
£m
Gross cost of acquisitions in the year 134.4
Cash at acquisition (10.4 )

Cost of acquisitions 124.0
Amounts not paid in the year (2.6 )

Cash paid in the year net of cash acquired (including £4.0 million relating to joint ventures) 121.4

Gross cost of acquisitions represents:
Goodwill 132.4
Fixed assets 3.2
Net current liabilities (0.3 )
Creditors due after more than one year (0.9 )

134.4

 
  F-46  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

29.     Purchase of subsidiary undertakings and businesses (continued)

        The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their provisional fair value to the Group:

2003 2003 2003 2003
Book net assets
on acquisition
£m
Revaluations
£m
Alignment of
accounting
policies
£m
Fair value of
assets/
(liabilities)
acquired
£m
Acquisitions:                      
Fixed assets                
- Tangible fixed assets 11.9   (1.8 ) (0.4 ) 9.7  
- Investments 0.7   (0.7 )    
Current assets/(liabilities):                
- Cash 8.4       8.4  
- Stocks 3.3       3.3  
- Debtors and other current assets 22.0   (1.6 ) (0.7 ) 19.7  
- Creditors falling due within one year (26.2 )   (0.1 ) (26.3 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges   (4.3 )   (4.3 )
Pension liability     (3.2 ) (3.2 )

20.1   (8.4 ) (4.4 ) 7.3  


  2001 2001 2001 2001
 
Book net assets
on acquisition
£m
Revaluations
£m
Alignment of
accounting
policies
£m
Fair value of
assets/
(liabilities)
acquired
£m
Acquisitions:        
Fixed assets
- Intangible fixed assets 1.9 (1.8 ) 0.1
- Tangible fixed assets 5.3 (2.5 ) (1.3 ) 1.5
- Investments 1.6 1.6
Current assets/(liabilities):
- Cash 10.4 10.4
- Stocks 0.3 5.2 5.5
- Debtors and other current assets 33.4 (5.4 ) 28.0
- Creditors falling due within one year (35.3 ) (2.9 ) (6.0 ) (44.2 )
Creditors falling due after more than one year (0.9 ) (0.9 )

16.7 (10. 8) (3.9 ) 2.0

        The adjustments for accounting policies are principally to align capitalization, amortization and revenue recognition policies with those of the Group. Revaluations principally represent adjustments to state assets of the acquired business at their recoverable amounts and to reflect liabilities not previously recognized.

        The audited financial statements of Aprovia UK for the year ended 31 December 2002 show a loss after tax of £4.9 million. Profit after tax for the period from 1 January 2003 to the date of acquisition was £4.8 million. The audited financial statements of Eurisko for the year ended 31 December 2002 show profit after tax of €2.0 million. Profit after tax for the period from 1 January 2003 to the date of acquisition was €1.5 million. The unaudited financial statements of The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing for the year ended 31 December 2002 show loss after tax of $0.1 million. Profit after tax for the period from 1 January 2003 to the date of acquisition was $2.5 million.

 
  F-47  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

29.     Purchase of subsidiary undertakings and businesses (continued)

        During the previous three years the company has made certain acquisitions. With the exception of Link House Publications PLC acquired in 1984 and the merger with MAI plc in 1996, all acquisitions have been accounted for as purchases and are included in the accompanying financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. Link House Publications PLC was then accounted for as a pooling of interests.

        The following summarizes the most significant acquisitions during the previous three years:

Acquisitions                
March 8, 2001   Cyperus SA, a French corporate communications company, was acquired for an initial consideration of £7.0 million.
June 26, 2001   Allison-Fisher International, Inc. a U.S. market research company specializing in the automotive industry was acquired for an initial consideration of $45.0 million. The consideration is subject to an earn out arrangement. If certain profit targets over the period from acquisition until 30 June 2004 are met, maximum consideration of up to an additional $33.0 million may be payable.
July 5, 2001   50% of the Dutch national news agency’s news release distribution division, ANPSS, was acquired for(euro)6.5 million in cash.
August 3, 2001   Roper Starch Worldwide LLC, a U.S. market research company, was acquired for $88.0 million.
September 7, 2001   Kenko Sangyo Shimbun Inc, a Japanese exhibition and publishing Group, was acquired for a net consideration of $8.0 million.
December 20, 2001   Cozint, a specialist online healthcare research and consulting Group, was acquired for $10.5 million.
April 22, 2003   The 50% shareholding in Property Media Limited not already owned by the Group was acquired for £3.1 million cash.
May 14, 2003   Interior Design Handbook was acquired for £1.7 million in cash.
July 22, 2003   Aprovia UK was acquired for £86.6 million in cash including £1.3 million of costs. Aprovia UK owns the Builder Group, a UK construction publisher and event organizer and Barbour index, an information services provider to professionals in the UK construction and health and safety sectors. The audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002 show a loss after tax of £4.9 million. Profit after tax for the period from January 1, 2003 to the date of acquisition was £4.8 million.
August 19, 2003   This Caring Business was acquired for £1.8 million cash including £0.1 million of costs.
November 3, 2003   The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing were acquired for $37.8 million in cash including $0.3 million of costs.
December 18, 2003   Eurisko was acquired for(euro)33 million in cash. The unaudited financial statements of Eurisko for the year ended December 31, 2002 show profit after tax of(euro)2.0 million. Profit after tax for the period from January 1, 2003 to the date of acquisition was(euro)1.5 million.

        All of the above 2003 purchases have been accounted for as acquisitions and goodwill is being amortized over ten years.

 
  F-48  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30.     Particulars of employees

        The average number of persons employed in the Group, including directors, during the year was as follows:

Year ended December 31
2001
 
2002
 
2003
Category
   CMP Media 2,332 1,663 1,434
   CMP Asia 328 322 332
   CMP Information 1,300 917 879
   United Advertising Publications 803 724 731

Professional media 4,763 3,625 3,376
News distribution 1,055 889 854
Market research 1,748 1,648 1,541

7,566 6,162 5,771

Year ended December 31
   
2001
 
2002
 
2003
 
Location      
United Kingdom 2,936 2,388 2,431
North America 4,196 3,376 2,933
Europe and Middle East 104 89 80
Pacific 330 309 327

7,566 6,162 5,771

        The amounts shown against “CMP Media” and “CMP Information” for 2002 in the tables above have been restated to reflect the intra-group transfer of CMP Europe.

        Total staff costs, including directors’ emoluments, were:

Year ended December 31
Restated
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Wages and salaries 293.3 254.5 231.8
Social security costs 32.6 32.6 28.3
Other pension costs 13.7 13.4 11.3

339.6 300.5 271.4
Exceptional employee costs 18.5

358.1 300.5 271.4

        Over the past three years, primarily as a result of the downturn in the United States market, UBM has undertaken a cost reduction and reorganization program involving Group redundancies of approximately 2,700 staff.

        During 2001, the Group also incurred exceptional payments relating to redundancy of £23.4 million. There were no such exceptional redundancy payments in 2002 or 2003.

Directors’ emoluments:

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Fees 0.4 0.4 0.4
Remuneration and benefits in kind 1.5 1.6 1.6
Compensation for loss of office 0.1
Bonuses 0.1 0.3 0.8
MTIP    0.6
Contributions to defined contribution pension scheme 0.2 0.1 0.1

2.2 2.5 3.5

 
  F-49  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30.     Particulars of employees (continued)

Table of Individual Directors’ Remuneration

Year ended December 31
Basic salary
£
Fees (6)
£
Benefits (1)
£
Bonus (2)
£
MTIP (4)
£
Total
2003
£
Total
2002
£
Directors              
Clive Hollick 668,367   17,850 359,250 267,347 1,312,814 686,217
Charles Gregson(5) 292,633   13,633 193,125 123,600 622,991 445,226
Malcolm Wall 325,000   30,129 136,500 53,300 544,929 405,208
Nigel Wilson 310,000   41,380 158,100 124,000 633,480 391,461
Geoffrey Unwin   200,000       200,000 64,685
John Botts   43,750       43,750 40,000
Jonathan Newcomb   35,000       35,000 35,000
Christopher Powell   39,167       39,167 35,000
Adair Turner   43,750       43,750 35,795
Fields Wicker-Miurin   35,000       35,000 35,000

Former directors
Sir Ronald Hampel(3) 251,552

Total 1,596,000 396,667 102,992 846,975 568,247 3,510,881 2,425,144

_________________

(1)

Benefits are non-pensionable car and cash allowances. Benefits for Malcolm Wall and Nigel Wilson include allowances in relation to pension commitments.


(2)

Directors may be invited to sacrifice part or all of their cash bonus to the UBM Senior Executive Equity Participation Plan, or SEEPP, as described in Item 6.E. Share Ownership – Directors’ Interests in long term incentive schemes.


(3)

Sir Ronald Hampel ceased to be chairman with effect from November 5, 2002 and the above table reflects his remuneration up to that date. He continued to receive fees in accordance with the company’s obligations in the terms of his appointment for the remainder of his notice period which would otherwise have expired on March 27, 2003. The figure in the above table includes £82,108 of such fees and the value of secretarial services provided. With effect from October 1, 2000, 50 percent of the fees otherwise payable to Sir Ronald Hampel were provided to him in the form of a provisional allocation of ordinary shares in the company to which he became entitled, subject to certain conditions, on his retirement from the board. The cash equivalent of these provisional allocations of shares was reported as part of Sir Ronald’s remuneration for the periods in question. He became unconditionally entitled to receive the shares on November 5, 2002.


(4)

The MTIP column shows the cash value of bonuses earned under this deferred bonus plan in respect of 2003. These cash values have been converted into ordinary shares at a price of 290.8 pence, which was the average market value of these shares during December 2002, and executive directors were awarded nil cost options over these shares in March 2004.


(5)

The company receives a contribution of £93,617 from ICAP plc in consideration for making available Charles Gregson’s services as chairman of that company. Charles Gregson’s remuneration shown in the table above is net of that contribution.


(6)

Non-executive directors’ fees include an element payable in the form of ordinary shares, as described in “Item 6.C. board Practices — Policy on remuneration of non-executive directors”. The cash element of Christopher Powell’s fee is paid to BMP DDB Limited, while that of John Botts is paid to Botts & Company Limited.


 
  F-50  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

31. Pensions

        The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes in the U.K. and overseas. The most recent actuarial valuations were carried out at various dates between April 5, 2002 and April 5, 2003 and updated to December 31, 2003 by independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit method.

        The financial assumptions used to calculate the present value of scheme liabilities under FRS 17 are:

Year ended December 31
 
2001
%
U.K. Schemes
2002
%

2003
%

2001
%
U.S. Schemes
2002
%

2003
%
Discount rate 6.00 5.60 5.50 7.25 6.75 6.25
Inflation assumption 2.75 2.50 2.50 n/a 2.50 2.50
Rate of increase in salaries 4.75 4.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 4.00
Rate of increase in pensions in
    payment on post April 1997 pension 2.75 2.50 2.50 n/a n/a n/a

        The assets in the scheme and expected return on assets were:


2001   % of
Total
  Expected
return on
assets
  2002   % of
Total
  Expected
return
on assets
2003 % of
Total
Expected
return
on assets
U.K. Schemes £m       %   £m       %   £m       %  
Equities 182.0 54.8 6.5 151.4 52.2 6.0 168.5   49.2   6.3
Bonds 143.0 43.1 5.5 131.1 45.2 4.7 167.2   48.8   5.0
Insurance policies 4.9 1.5 6.0 5.0 1.7 5.6 5.7   1.7   5.5
Cash 2.0 0.6 4.0 2.5 0.9 4.0 0.9   0.3   3.75
   
         
         
         
Total 331.9       290.0     342.3        
   
         
         
         

At December 31
2001   % of
Total
  Expected
return on
assets
  2002   % of
Total
  Expected
return
on assets
2003 % of
Total
Expected
return
on assets
  £m       %   £m       %   £m       %  
U.S. Schemes                                      
Equities 11.0 61.1 8.0 8.5 59.4 8.0 12.6   60.9   8.75
Bonds 7.0 38.9 7.0 5.8 40.6 6.8 8.1   39.1   6.08
Insurance policies n/a n/a     n/a
Cash n/a n/a     n/a
   
         
         
         
Total 18.0       14.3     20.7        
   
         
         
         

 
  F-51  



UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

31.     Pensions (continued)

        The following amounts at December 31, 2003 were measured in accordance with the requirements of FRS 17:

At December 31
2001
£m
U.K. Schemes
2002
£m
2003
£m
2001
£m
U.S. Schemes
2002
£m
2003
£m
Total market value of assets 331.9 290.0 342.3   18.0 14.3 20.7  
Present value of scheme liabilities . (363.9 ) (370.6 ) (415.4 ) (27.0 ) (24.6 ) (27.0 )

Deficit in the scheme (32.0 ) (80.6 ) (73.1 ) (9.0 ) (10.3 ) (6.3 )
Irrecoverable surplus (4.5 )  

Recoverable deficit (32.0 ) (80.6 ) (77.6 ) (9.0 ) (10.3 ) (6.3 )
Related deferred tax asset*    

Net pension liability (32.0 ) (80.6 ) (77.6 ) (9.0 ) (10.3 ) (6.3 )

* The related deferred tax asset has not been recognized, having given consideration to the likelihood of recovery of the balance.

Year ended December 31
Analysis of amount charged to operating
profit in respect of defined benefit schemes
2001
£m
U.K. Schemes
2002
£m
2003
£m
2001
£m
U.S. Schemes
2002
£m
2003
£m
Current service cost 2.6 2.0 3.0 4.4 3.8 2.6
Past service cost (gross) 0.6 0.2 (0.6 )

3.2 2.2 3.0 4.4 3.2 2.6
Curtailments/settlements (gross) (1.2 ) (0.7 ) (3.7 )

Total operating charge 2.0 1.5 3.0 0.7 3.2 2.6

        Curtailment credits in 2001 have been included within exceptional items as they originate from the significant restructuring activity that occurred during the year.

Year ended December 31
U.K. Schemes U.S. Schemes
2002 2003 2002 2003
Movement in deficit during the year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Deficit in the scheme at beginning of the year (32.0 ) (80.6 ) (9.0 ) (10.3 )
Movement in year:
Acquisition   (3.2 )    
Current service cost (2.0 ) (3.0 ) (3.8 ) (2.6 )
Employer contributions 3.1 4.4   3.7 5.3  
Past service costs (0.2 )   0.6    
Settlement/curtailments 0.7      
Other finance expense (1.8 ) (5.1 ) (0.3 ) (0.4 )
Actuarial (loss)/ gain before deduction of irrecoverable surplus (48.4 ) 14.4   (2.2 ) 1.7  
Effect of currency translation     0.7    
 
Deficit in scheme at end of year (80.6 ) (73.1 ) (10.3 ) (6.3 )
 

        The pension deficit at 31 December 2003, as shown on the consolidated balance sheet includes an amount in respect of irrecoverable surpluses of £4.5 million.

Year ended December 31
U.K. Schemes U.S. Schemes
2002 2003 2002 2003
Analysis of amount charged to other finance expense
£m
£m
£m
£m
Expected return on pension scheme assets 19.4 16.1   1.3 1.3  
Interest on pension scheme liabilities (21. 2) (21. 2) (1.6 ) (1.7 )
 
Net return (1.8 ) (5.1 ) (0.3 ) (0.4 )
 

 
  F-52  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

31.     Pensions (continued)

Year ended December 31
U.K. Schemes U.S. Schemes
2002 2003 2002 2003
Analysis of amount recognized in statement of total recognized
gains and losses (STRGL)
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets (48.4 ) 24.7   (2.6 ) 2.6  
Experience gains and losses arising on the scheme liabilities . 9.8 1.9   (0.2 )  
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the scheme
liabilities (9.8 ) (16.7 ) 0.4 (0.7 )  
 
Actuarial loss recognized in the STRGL (48.4 ) 9.9   (2.2 ) 1.7  
 

At December 31
History of experience gains and losses
U.K. Schemes
2002
£m
2003
£m
U.S. Schemes
2002
£m
2003
£m
Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets:
Amount (48.4 ) 24.7 (2.6 ) 2.6
Percentage of scheme assets at period end (17 %) 7 % (18 %) 13 %
Experience gains and losses of scheme liabilities:
Amount 9.8 1.9 (0.2 )
Percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities at period end 3 % n/a 1 %
Total amount recognized in statement of total recognized gains and losses:
Amount (48.4 ) 9.9 (2.2 ) 1.7
Percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities at period end (13 %) 2 % (9 %) (6 %)

        In 2003, the pension schemes included in the FRS 17 calculations were the United Pension Plan, the United Magazines Final Salary Scheme, the defined benefit section of the United Group Pension Scheme, The Builder Group Pension Scheme, the CMP Media LLC Cash Balance Retirement Plan, the United News Executive Pension Scheme, the Audits and Surveys Worldwide Account Balance Plan and the CMP Post Retirement Medical Plan.  Four of these plans were included for the first time in 2003 — the United News Executive Pension Scheme which has a surplus that has been deemed irrecoverable under FRS17, the Audits and Surveys Worldwide Account Balance Plan and the CMP Post Retirement Medical Plan, which have deficits of £0.7m and £0.5m respectively and The Builder Group Pension Scheme acquired as part of Aprovia UK.

        The U.K. schemes are closed to new members, hence under the projected unit method the current service cost (expressed as a percentage of salary) will increase as the members of the scheme approach retirement.

        The Group is making additional contributions to eliminate MFR deficits in the UK. Contributions in the UK defined benefit schemes are being reviewed following the results of new valuations and are expected to increase to £11.8 million, (2003: £3.8 million) per annum from 2004. Contributions to the US plan are expected to be £4.0 million in 2004 (2003: £5.5 million).

        The pension cost for the defined contribution schemes for the year ended 31 December 2003 is as follows:

Year ended December 31
Defined contribution schemes 2001
£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
 - U.K 2.0 2.0 2.6
 - U.S. 4.4 3.2 3.1

Total for the year 6.4 5.2 5.7

 
  F-53  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

32.    Related party transactions

        The Group entered into the following transactions with related parties during the year:

Transactions with related parties
Nature of
transactions
Value of
transactions
Year ended
December 31,
2001
£m
Balances
(owed by)/
due to the
Group at
December 31,
2002
£m

Value of
transactions
Year ended
December 31,
2002
£m
Balances
(owed by)/
due to the
Group at
December 31,
2003
£m
Value of
transactions
Year ended
December 31,
2003
£m
Asia Pacific Leather Fair Loan and                                           
                                  management fees 2.0 (1.3 ) 1.8 1.4   1.5
                   
 Canada Newswire Group Limited Newswire Service 1.7 0.4 0.5 0.7   1.5
       
 Channel 5 Television Group Loans and
 Limited interest receivable 7.4 193.5 8.9 204.0   8.8
                   
                                
 SDN Limited Loans and
                                 interest receivable 0.3 13.2 0.3 13.3   0.1

        Merrill Lynch are one of the company’s stockbrokers and also provides treasury services. Adair Turner, a non-executive director of UBM, is vice-chairman of Merrill Lynch Europe plc. For additional information refer to the Corporate Governance Statement.

 
  F-54  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


33.     Share options

At December 31, 2003 options granted over the company’s ordinary shares of 25 pence under employee share option schemes were outstanding as detailed below. At 31 December 2003 the market price of the company’s ordinary shares was 491.5p.

Date of grant Number of
shares
Exercise price
(p)
Exercise dates
from
Exercise dates
to
Remaining
contractual life
(years)
   
United U.K. Executive Schemes          
09/24/1996 4,300 692.5 09/24/1999 09/24/2006 2.9
03/26/1997 15,600 754.5 03/26/2000 03/26/2007 3.3
09/25/1997 7,894 760.0 09/25/2000 09/25/2007 3.9
12/14/1998 93,920 511.0 12/14/2001 12/14/2008 5.0
09/16/1999 4,940 607.0 09/16/2002 09/16/2009 5.9
03/03/2000 113,526 867.2 03/03/2003 03/03/2010 6.3
05/08/2001 133,953 724.8 05/08/2004 05/08/2011 7.5
08/08/2001 10,072 595.7 08/08/2004 08/08/2011 7.8
03/08/2002 156,780 574.0 03/08/2005 03/08/2012 8.3
04/09/2003 261,498 247.3 04/09/2006 04/09/2013 9.4

United International Executive Schemes

04/27/1994 10,000 607.8 04/27/1997 04/27/2004 0.4
04/04/1995 10,000 482.5 04/04/1998 04/04/2005 1.4
04/19/1996 35,000 658.5 04/19/1999 04/19/2006 2.4
06/05/1996 58,448 702.5 06/05/1999 06/05/2006 2.6
09/16/1996 222,707 686.0 09/16/1999 09/16/2006 2.9
09/24/1996 205,700 669.5 09/24/1999 09/24/2006 2.9
03/26/1997 57,200 731.5 03/26/2000 03/26/2007 3.3
09/25/1997 37,106 742.0 09/25/2000 09/25/2007 3.9
12/14/1998 991,950 511.0 12/14/2001 12/14/2008 4.9
09/16/1999 19,060 607.0 09/16/2002 09/16/2009 5.9
03/03/2000 673,997 867.2 03/03/2003 03/03/2010 6.3
05/09/2000 55,465 753.0 05/09/2003 05/09/2010 6.5
12/18/2000 2,119,100 843.0 12/18/2003 12/18/2010 6.9
12/18/2000 481,000 843.0 12/18/2004 12/18/2010 6.9
05/08/2001 1,720,797 724.8 05/08/2004 05/08/2011 7.5
05/08/2001 731,000 724.8 05/08/2004 05/08/2011 7.5
08/08/2001 103,928 595.7 08/08/2004 08/08/2011 7.8
08/08/2001 104,000 595.7 08/08/2005 08/08/2011 7.8
12/19/2001 1,150,000 529.0 12/19/2004 12/19/2011 7.9
12/19/2001 1,150,000 529.0 12/19/2005 12/19/2011 7.9
03/08/2002 2,298,220 574.0 03/08/2005 03/08/2012 8.3
08/22/2002 1,585,000 277.2 08/22/2005 08/22/2012 8.7
08/22/2002 1,585,000 277.2 08/22/2006 08/22/2012 8.7
04/09/2003 2,702,502 247.3 04/09/2006 04/09/2013 9.3

MAI 1991 Executive Scheme

10/13/1994 126,080 374.2 10/13/1997 10/13/2004 0.8
10/18/1995 54,400 490.6 10/18/1998 10/18/2005 1.8

United SAYE Schemes
11/01/1996 12,738 532.6 02/01/2000 08/01/2004 0.7
10/31/1997 1,662 632.7 02/01/2001 08/01/2005 1.7
12/15/1998 50,626 514.8 02/01/2002 08/01/2006 2.7
09/17/1999 23,752 497.0 12/01/2002 06/01/2007 3.7
04/20/2001 141,048 488.3 12/01/2004 12/01/2008 4.9
04/15/2002 71,363 480.6 06/01/2005 12/01/2009 5.9
04/10/2003 2,097,623 160.5 06/01/2006 12/01/2010 6.9

United International Sharesave Plan*

01/04/1999 13,017 514.8 * 02/01/2002 08/01/2004 0.7
09/30/1999 11,186 497.0 * 12/01/2002 06/01/2005 1.5
04/20/2001 79,633 488.3 * 12/01/2004 12/01/2006 2.9
04/26/2002 66,928 480.6 * 06/01/2005 12/01/2007 3.9
04/10/2003 1,026,088 160.5 * 06/01/2006 12/01/2008 4.9

*The option price is quoted in each country in the local currency, and has been translated at the exchange rate on the date of grant.

 
  F-55  



UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


33.     Share options (continued)

The movement in shares under option during the year was as follows:

United
Executive
Schemes*
United
SAYE
Schemes*
MAI
Executive
Schemes
MAI
SAYE
Schemes
United
International
Sharesave
Schemes
Weighted
average
exercise price
(p)
Balance at January 1, 2001 12,010,503 1,912,245 735,040 78,160 382,766 701.84
Granted during the year 6,703,500 618,014 331,981 628.13
Exercised during the year (727,731 ) (717,074 ) (166,400 ) (42,391 ) (54,900 ) 506.77
Expired, cancelled or lapsed (2,868,714 ) (708,837 ) (4,800 ) (8,978 ) (109,354 ) 734.29

Balance at December 31, 2001 15,117,558 1,104,348 563,840 26,791 550,493 681.63

Granted during the year 6,240,000 262,129 214,729 405.86
Exercised during the year (152,640 ) (90,632 ) (102,400 ) (2,471 ) 427.67
Expired, cancelled or lapsed (990,512 ) (441,419 ) (128,000 ) (7,648 ) (276,891 ) 524.30

Balance at December 31, 2002 20,214,406 834,426 333,440 16,672 488,331 605.07

Granted during the year 3,096,000   2,169,211       1,034,515   203.16
Exercised during the year (218,000 ) (2,770 ) (92,800 )     299.93
Expired, cancelled or lapsed (4,182,743 ) (602,055 ) (60,160 ) (16,672 ) (325,994 ) 664.20

Balance at December 31, 2003 18,909,663   2,398,812   180,480     1,196,852   484.47

Shares exercisable:
At December 31, 2001 2,423,496 101,490 563,840 26,791 19,077 543.04
At December 31, 2002 2,203,545 258,059 333,440 16,672 93,767 549.20
At December 31, 2003   4,735,913   88,778   180,480     24,203   729.33

*Including the Blenheim scheme in 2001.

 
  F-56  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”)


        The following is a summary of material adjustments to net income, shareholders’ equity and financial position, which would be required if accounting principles generally accepted in the United States had been applied.

A.     RECONCILIATION OF NET (LOSS)/ INCOME

 

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Loss for the financial year in accordance with U.K. GAAP (564.2 ) (239.0 ) (41.4 )
Adjustments:
a) Goodwill and other intangible assets:
     (i) Amortization of goodwill 7.3 249.1 120.5  
     (ii) Transitional adjustment for adoption of SFAS 142 (298.8 )  
     (iii) Impairment of goodwill during year (102.1 )  
     (iv) Deferred compensation on acquisition (4.9 )
     (v) Amortization of intangible assets (2.8 ) (6.3 ) (5.4 )
     (vi) Impairment of identified intangible assets (5.8 )  
b) Investments:
     (i) Cost to equity accounting (41.6 ) (12.8 ) (4.5 )
     (ii) Consolidation of subsidiary 0.4  
     (iii) Negative equity investments (2.3 )  
     (iv) Investment in own shares 7.4  
     (v) Mark to market on interest rate swaps (9.8 ) 12.2 (8.7 )
     (vi) Amortization cumulative SFAS 133 transition adjustment 0.6 0.5 0.5  
c) Pension costs 17.7 (4.1 ) (8.6 )
d) Deferred tax:
     (i) Deferred tax SFAS 109 adjustments 14.2 (10.2 )  
     (ii) Deferred tax effect of reconciling items (6.5 ) 9.5  
     (iii) Deferred tax valuation allowance (47.3 ) 3.4 2.3  
e) Stock compensation 3.1 0.2 (4.1 )
f) Re-calculated profit on disposal of subsidiaries 1.5  

Net (loss)/income as adjusted to conform with U.S. GAAP (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6  

Arising from:
  Income from continuing operations before effect of adoption of SFAS 142 (630.1 ) (107.5 ) 55.6  
  Effect of adoption of SFAS142 (298.8 )  

Net (loss)/income (before B shares) (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6  

    Non-equity dividend (0.7 ) (0.6 ) (0.4 )

Net (loss)/income - Basic (630.8 ) (406.9 ) 55.2  

    Bond interest saved (net of tax) 3.7  

Net (loss)/income - Diluted (630.8 ) (406.9 ) 58.9  

Per share - Basic
  (Loss)/income from continuing operations before effect of adoption of
    SFAS 142
(163.4 )p (32.2 )p 16.6 p
  Effect of adoption of SFAS 142 (89.5 )p  

Net (loss)/income (before B shares) (163.4 )p (121.7 )p 16.6 p

    Non-equity dividend (0.2 )p (0.2 )p (0.1 )p

Net (loss)/income - Basic (163.6 )p (121.9 )p 16.5 p

Per share - Diluted

  (Loss)/income from continuing operations before effect of adoption of
    SFAS 142

(163.4 )p (32.2 )p 15.4 p
  Effect of adoption of SFAS 142 (89.5 )p  

Net (loss)/income (before B shares) (163.4 )p (121.7 )p 15.4

    Non-equity dividend (0.2 )p (0.2 )p (0.1 )p

Net (loss)/income - Diluted (163.6 )p (121.9 )p 15.3p  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (’000) 385,710 333,773 334,173  
  Share options outstanding at December 31 (’000) 2,570  
  Convertible loan stock (’000) 47,803  

    
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding (’000) 385,710 333,773 384,546  

 
  F-57  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”)


B.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Net revenue 932.5 793.4 764.2  
Costs and expenses (929.3 ) (736.9 ) (686.9 )
Amortization of intangible assets (511.8 ) (414.0 ) (6.6 )
Loss on sale and closures of operations (51.5 ) (54.0 )  

Operating (loss)/income (560.1 ) (401.5 ) 70.7  
 
Other (expenses)/income
Share in losses of associated undertakings and joint ventures (36.2 ) (10.2 ) (4.2 )
Interest income 36.4 10.1 9.4  
Investment (expense)/income (4.9 ) 18.7 (8.2 )

(Loss)/ expense before taxes (564.8 ) (382.9 ) 67.7  
 
Income tax expenses (63.3 ) (21.6 ) (10.3 )
Minority interest (2.0 ) (1.8 ) (1.8 )

(Loss)/ expense (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6  
 
Net (loss)/ income (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6  

 
  F-58  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


C.

RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY


    At December 31
   
2002
£m
2003
£m
 
Shareholders’ funds in accordance with U.K. GAAP 211.3 127.8
Adjustments:
a) Goodwill:
     (i) Cost differences (1,045.3 ) (962.9 )
     (ii) Amortization 1,182.3 1,213.8
b) Other intangibles:
     (i) Cost differences 32.2 27.5  
     (ii) Amortization (2.9 ) (6.4 )
c) Tangible Fixed Assets:
     (i) Consolidation of subsidiary   1.6
d) Fixed Asset Investments:
     (i) Cost to equity accounting (54.5 ) (58.8 )
     (ii) Amortization of goodwill joint ventures and associates 4.1 5.0  
     (iii) Consolidation of subsidiary   (4.4 )
     (iv) Investment in own shares    (4.1 ) (4.1 )
     (v) Marketable securities 5.9 8.1  
     (vi) Mark to market on interest rate swaps 14.9 6.7  
     (vii) SFAS 133 transition adjustment 1.4 0.9  
e) Debtors:
     (i) Consolidation of subsidiary   2.7
f) Cash at bank:
     (i) Consolidation of subsidiary   5.2
g) Current liabilities:
     (i) Stock compensation (26.1 ) (30.2 )
     (ii) Proposed final dividend 13.9 19.5  
     (iii) Consolidation of subsidiary (1.4 )
h) Provisions for liabilities and charges:
     (i) Pension costs-effect of adopting SFAS 87 14.3 15.6  
i) Deferred tax:
     (i) Deferred tax effect of reconciling items (34.9 ) (8.3 )
     (ii) Deferred tax valuation allowance 15.8 2.6  
j) Minority interest in profit and loss account:
     (i) Consolidation of subsidiary 3.4  

Shareholders’ equity adjusted to conform with U.S. GAAP 328.3 363.9  
   

D.

RECONCILIATION OF THE MOVEMENT IN U.S. GAAP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)


At December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
U.S. GAAP Shareholders’ equity at January 1 2,838.9 899.8 328.3
Net (loss)/ income for the year (630.1 ) (406.3 ) 55.6
Other comprehensive (loss)/ income:
    Currency translation 16.2 (28.6 ) (23.1 )
    Minimum pension liability adjustment (16.2 ) (117.2 ) 20.5
    Unrealized profit on marketable securities 0.2 3.5 3.8
    Effect of SFAS 133 adoption 1.8
    Amortization of effect of SFAS 133 adoption (0.5 ) (0.5 )

Total comprehensive (loss)/ income (628.1 ) (549.1 ) 53.7
Purchase of treasury stock 2.2 (4.2 )
Consolidation of subsidiary 6.5
Step accounting adjustment 0.4
Equity dividends paid in year (93.2 ) (13.1 ) (24.6 )
Non-equity dividends paid in year (325.3 ) (0.6 ) (0.4 )
New share capital subscribed 6.6 2.9 1.0
Return of capital to shareholders (901.3 ) (7.4 ) (3.6 )

U.S. GAAP Shareholders’ equity at December 31 899.8 328.3 363.9

 
  F-59  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


E.

MOVEMENTS IN CUMULATIVE OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/ INCOME


At December 31
  Currency translation
£m
Minimum
pension
liability
£m
Marketable
securities
£m
Effect of
SFAS 133
adoption
£m
At January 1, 2001 (78.2 ) 4.6
Movement in the year 16.2 (16.2 ) 0.2 1.8
At December 31, 2001 (62.0 ) (16.2 ) 4.8 1.8
Movement in the year (28.6 ) (117.2 ) 3.5 (0.5 )
At December 31, 2002 (90.6 ) (133.4 ) 8.3 1.3
Movement in the year (23.1 ) 22.0 3.8 (0.5 )




At December 31, 2003   (113.7 ) (111.4 ) 12.2   0.8




        The United Kingdom accounting principles applied in the accompanying financial statements are discussed in “Group Accounting Policies” of these financial statements.

Group Accounting Policies

        A discussion of the material differences between the policies described there and those required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States is set out below. Adjustments have been made in the reconciliations above, unless otherwise stated.

Business combination

        Under U.K. GAAP, the business combination with MAI in 1996 was accounted for using U.K. merger accounting principles set out in FRS 6 “Acquisitions and Mergers”. Under U.S. GAAP, the sale of Wagon and Tolley (which were MAI subsidiaries) during the period following the business combination, was considered a disposal of substantial interests even though these disposals did not have a material effect on the nature and focus of the Group’s operations and therefore pooling-of-interests accounting was not permitted. Accordingly the business combination would have been accounted for under U.S. GAAP as a purchase of MAI by United Business Media plc rather than as a pooling of interests, which would have resulted in goodwill on the acquisition being recognized under U.S. GAAP.

        For other business combinations which are purchase accounted under U.K. GAAP, goodwill is recognized as the difference between net tangible assets of an acquired entity and the acquisition price. Under U.S. GAAP, SFAS 141, “Business Combinations” requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and also requires identified intangible assets acquired in a business combination be recognized as an asset apart from goodwill if they meet certain criteria.

        The Group performed a purchase price allocation on the acquisition of Roper Starch Worldwide LLC (in August 2001) and recorded £42.8 million of identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill which are being amortized over their estimated useful economic lives. The intangible assets identified are trademarks, customer relationships and technology. The current year amortization charge results in a weighted average useful life for these categories of fifteen, seven and six years, respectively. In addition, deferred tax liabilities of £12.8 million attributable to the difference between the assigned value and tax basis of the identifiable assets would have been recognized under U.S. GAAP. This deferred tax liability would have resulted in recognition of in £12.8 million of additional goodwill in 2001.

 
  F-60  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


        The Group continues to gather information necessary to value identifiable intangible assets acquired in 2003 as part of Aprovia UK, The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing and Eurisko. The intangible assets currently identified for Aprovia UK include customer relationships, brands, order backlog, publishing rights and subscriber list. For The Oncology Group and Cliggott Publishing, intangible assets currently identified include customer relationships; brands, order backlog, databases and subscriber list. Intangible assets relating to Eurisko, acquired in December 2003 are in the process of being identified and valued.

Acquisition accounting

        Under U.K. GAAP, the fair value balance sheet of an acquired company cannot include provisions for integration and reorganization costs set up by the acquiring company. Under U.S. GAAP, certain integration and reorganization costs may be considered liabilities assumed in the allocation of the acquisition cost. See also “Deferred and corporate income taxes”.

        Under UK GAAP, when a group increases its interest in an undertaking that is already its subsidiary undertaking, the identifiable assets and liabilities of that subsidiary undertaking should be revalued to fair value and goodwill arising on the increase in interest should be calculated by reference to those fair values. This revaluation of the existing assets and liabilities is not required under US GAAP for such stepped acquisitions. A GAAP differences has thus arisen on the acquisition of the remaining 50% of Property Media Group during the year.

Goodwill

        Under U.K. GAAP, in accordance with FRS 10 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalized and amortized over its estimated useful economic life. In reconciling to U.S. GAAP, goodwill arising on acquisitions have also been capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful economic lives until January 1, 2002.

        Under U.S. GAAP, with the adoption of SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” effective January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized but is subject to periodic review for impairment. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, goodwill was capitalized and amortized over its estimated useful lives with a maximum of 40 years.

        Other intangible assets included in, and accounted for as, goodwill under U.K. GAAP but reclassified as intangibles under U.S. GAAP continue to be amortised over their individually determined estimated useful economic lives, subject to the provisions of SFAS 141, which clarifies the criteria to recognize these intangible assets separately from goodwill, and SFAS 144 “Accounting For the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, which requires review for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment charge of £5.8 million related to identified intangible assets in our Market Research business have been impaired in accordance with SFAS 144 for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 
  F-61  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


        As a result of the adoption on January 1, 2002 of SFAS 142 and a market downturn during the year, the directors undertook a review of U.S. GAAP goodwill with the assistance of independent valuers. As a result, UBM incurred a transitional impairment charge of £298.8 million (Professional Media: £153.5 million; Market Research: £145.3 million) as at January 1, 2002, which is considered the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as required by SFAS 142. UBM elected to perform its annual impairment testing under SFAS 142 as at September 30, 2002 and recorded an additional £102.1 million (Professional Media: £85.3 million; Market Research: £16.8 million) for the year ended December 31, 2002. Differences in this annual impairment charge and the annual impairment charge of £114.2 million calculated in accordance with U.K. GAAP relate primarily to historical cost differences and differences in Income Generating Units tested for impairment under U.K. GAAP compared to Reporting Units tested for impairment under U.S. GAAP.

        Under U.S. GAAP, impairment charges have been calculated by comparing the carrying value of the assets concerned to externally prepared valuations derived from discounted future cash flows estimated by the Company. Significant assumptions are made in preparing these forecast cash flows; although these are believed to be appropriate, changes in these assumptions could change the outcomes of the impairment reviews.

        Under U.K. GAAP, impairment charges on goodwill and other intangible assets are recorded as an increase in accumulated amortization. Under U.S. GAAP, impairment charges are recorded as a reduction in cost. The presentation of goodwill and intangible assets within the reconciliation of shareholders’ funds reflects this classification difference.

        If the goodwill non-amortization requirements of SFAS 142 had been applied in the year ended December 31, 2001, net income/(loss) and related per Ordinary share amounts as adjusted to accord with US GAAP would have been as follows:

Year ended
December 31

As restated
2001
Net loss-as reported (after B share dividend) £(630.8) m
Net loss-pro forma £(501.9) m

Basic loss per share-as reported                 (163.6) p
Basic loss per share-pro forma (130.1) p

Diluted loss-as reported (after B share dividend) £(630.8) m
Diluted loss-pro forma £(501.9) m

Diluted loss per share-as reported (163.6) p
Diluted loss per share-pro forma (130.1) p

Cost to equity accounting

        Under U.K. GAAP, in order for an investment to be accounted for under the equity method, the investor must have a participating interest and must exercise significant influence over the entity’s financial and operating policies.

Under U.S. GAAP, an investor is required to account for its investment in an entity that is owned between 20% and 50% under the equity method unless certain legal or other structural constraints are in place which preclude the ability of the investor to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of that entity. On this basis, our investment in Channel Five Television Group (35.37% ownership) and certain other fixed asset investments are accounted for under the equity method in the U.S. GAAP reconciliations.

 
  F-62  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)

Disposal of subsidiaries

        Under U.K. GAAP, the profit or loss on disposal of a subsidiary includes the attributable amount of purchased goodwill to the extent that it has not previously been charged in the profit and loss account. Under U.S. GAAP, net goodwill could be higher due to the longer amortization of certain goodwill, thereby reducing the profit or increasing the loss on disposal.

        In 2000, unamortized goodwill on the disposal of the television business was written off. The goodwill arose as a result of acquisition accounting for MAI under U.S. GAAP which was accounted for as a merger under U.K. GAAP.

Discontinued operations

        Under U.K. GAAP, one of the conditions that a sale or termination has to satisfy in order to qualify as a discontinued operation is that it has a material effect on the nature and focus of the reporting entity’s operations and represents a material reduction in its operating facilities resulting either from its withdrawal from a particular market (whether class of business or geographical) or from a material reduction in turnover in the reporting entity’s continuing markets.

        In 2001, under U.S. GAAP, as set out in the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) 30 “Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”, a discontinued operation was defined as a segment of a business whose activities represent a separate major line of business or class of customer and may include a subsidiary, a division, or a department and in certain cases a joint venture or other non-subsidiary investee. The disposal of a product line or part of a line of business did not constitute a discontinued operation under APB 30 even if the activities disposed of were clearly distinguishable by corporate structure, geographic region or separate plant facilities. In 2001, the U.K. online businesses disposed and closed were classified as discontinued operations under U.K. GAAP. However, under U.S. GAAP, this does not represent the discontinuance of a separate line of business. The Miller Freeman U.S. and European operations disposed of in 2000 were classified as discontinued operations under U.K. GAAP. However, under U.S. GAAP, they do not represent the discontinuance of a separate line of business.

        On January 1, 2002, the Group adopted SFAS 144, which superseded APB 30 such that a discontinued operation is defined as a “component” of an entity, which is comprised of operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the company. The Group had no disposals in 2002 and 2003 and, therefore, no adjustments are necessary in 2002 and 2003.

 
  F-63  


 

UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Statement of cash flows

        The cash flow statement in the U.K. GAAP financial statements has been prepared in conformity with U.K. FRS 1 (Revised) “Cash Flow Statements”. The principal differences between this statement and cash flow statements presented in accordance with U.S. SFAS 95 “Cash Flow Statements” are as follows:

1.  

Under U.K. GAAP, net cash flow from operating activities is determined before considering cash flows from (a) returns on investments and servicing of finance and (b) taxes paid. Under U.S. GAAP, net cash flow from operating activities is determined after these items.


2.  

Under U.K. GAAP, capital expenditure is classified separately while under U.S. GAAP, it is classified as an investing activity.


3.  

Under U.K. GAAP, dividends paid are classified separately while under U.S. GAAP, dividends paid are classified as financing activities.


4.  

Under U.K. GAAP, movements in short-term investments are not included in cash but classified as management of liquid resources. Under U.S. GAAP, short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash.


5.  

Under U.K. GAAP, movements in bank overdrafts are classified as movements in cash while under U.S. GAAP, they are classified as a financing activity.


        A summary of the Group’s cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, classified in accordance with U.S. GAAP, is presented below. For purposes of this summary, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and in hand, and short term deposits (less than three months).

Year Ended December 31
  2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Cash provided by operating activities 34.2 88.8 100.7  
Cash used in investing activities (214.7 ) (41.6 ) (129.8 )
Cash provided by financing activities (586.9 ) (298.6 ) 128.4  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents under U.S. GAAP (767.4 ) (251.4 ) 99.3  
Effects of exchange rate changes 5.2 (4.9 ) (10.1 )
Cash and cash equivalents under U.S. GAAP at the beginning of the year 1,115.2 353.0 96.7  

Cash and cash equivalents under U.S. GAAP at the end of the year 353.0 96.7 185.9  
Less: Investments within three months of maturity when acquired (short term deposits) (343.0 ) (75.4 ) (169.5 )

Cash under U.S. GAAP at the end of the period 10.0 21.3 16.4  

        Analyses of the changes in cash and cash equivalents balances at year end, the changes in cash and cash equivalents during the year and non-cash financing activities is given in “Supplementary cash flow information”.

Commitments and contingent liabilities

        Under U.K GAAP, total future minimum lease payments in the following year are shown based on the lease expiration date. U.S. GAAP requires that the total future minimum lease payments to which the company is committed under non-cancelable operating and finance leases be disclosed by year of payment.

 
  F-64  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


        Under U.S. GAAP the disclosure of lease commitments for 2003 where UBM acts as lessee would be as follows:

Payments to be made within: Year ended
December 31
2003
Operating
Leases
£m
 
One year 33.1
One to two years 31.7
Two to three years 27.9
Three to four years 25.8
Four to five years 22.9
After five years 97.3

238.7

        Under U.S. GAAP the disclosure of lease commitments receivable for 2003 where UBM acts as lessor is as follows:

Year ended
December 31
2003
Operating
Leases
£m
One year (4.7 )
One to two years (3.2 )
Two to three years (2.6 )
Three to four years (2.4 )
Four to five years (1.5 )
After five years (2.5 )

(16.9 )

Pension plans and other post retirement benefits

        Under U.K. GAAP, the cost of providing pension benefits is calculated in accordance with FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” by reference to the increase or decrease in the assets of the defined benefit pension schemes, measured at their market value at the balance sheet date and the liabilities of those schemes, measured using the projected unit method. Under U.S. GAAP, the cost of providing these benefits is calculated in accordance with SFAS 87 “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” and SFAS 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits” which requires the use of the projected unit credit method and a discount rate (reflecting the rate of interest at which the pension liabilities could effectively be settled) which reflects current market rates.

 
  F-65  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


        The pension expense on this basis is as follows:

Year ended December 31
U.K. schemes U.S. plan
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Service cost 2.6 2.0 3.0   4.4 3.8 2.6  
Interest cost 18.4 21.2 21.0   2.1 1.6 1.7  
Expected return on plan assets (23.3 ) (20.8 ) (16.1 ) (1.9 ) (1.2 ) (1.3 )
Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation (2.0 ) (2.0 ) (1.4 )  
Amortization of prior service cost 0.8 0.8 0.8    
Amortization of actuarial (gain)/loss (1.0 ) 5.5 9.1   0.1 0.3  

Net periodic pension (credit)/cost (4.5 ) 6.7 16.4   4.6 4.3 3.3  

Impact of disposal    
SFAS 88 charge   2.2 (0.1 )  

Total pension cost (4.5 ) 6.7 16.4   6.8 4.2 3.3  

        The SFAS 88 credit in 2002 represents the recognition of the prior service credit relating to the future working life curtailed. The SFAS 88 charge in the U.S. for 2001 was related to the businesses sold in the U.S. in 2000. In 2001, members who are employees of these businesses were offered the option of receiving cash payouts in respect of their benefits. This resulted in a settlement under SFAS 88.

        The major part of the Group’s pension cost relates to the larger final salary schemes for U.K. and U.S. employees. Other plans are mostly defined contribution plans (mainly in the U.S.) and have been charged as incurred. The group uses a measurement date of December 31 for all its plans.

        Change in benefit obligation during the year:

U.K. schemes U.S. plan
2002
£m
2003
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
At January 1 359.0 365.6   27.0 24.6  
Acquisition 12.0    
Service cost 2.0 3.0   3.8 2.6  
Interest cost 21.2 21.0   1.6 1.7  
Plan participants’ contributions 0.5 0.3    
Age related benefits 0.6 1.1    
Plan amendment 0.2   (0.6 )  
Actuarial gain/ (loss) 28.8   (0.4 ) 3.2  
Curtailments (0.7 )    
Benefits paid (17.2 ) (22.1 ) (4.2 ) (2.5 )
Effect of currency translation   (2.6 ) (2.6 )

At December 31 365.6 409.7   24.6 27.0  

 
  F-66  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


        Change in plan assets during the year:

U.K. schemes U.S. plan
2002
£m
2003
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Fair value of plan assets at January 1 327.0 285.0 17.7 14.3
Acquisition 8.8
Actual return on plan assets (29.0 ) 59.1 (1.3 ) 5.6
Employer contribution 3.1 4.4 3.7 5.3
Plan participants’ contribution 0.5 0.3
Age related benefits 0.6 1.1
Benefits paid (17.2 ) (22.1 ) (4.2 ) (2.5 )
Effect of currency translation (1.6 ) (2.0 )

Fair value at December 31 285.0 336.6 14.3 20.7


The Accumulated Benefit Obligation was £382.2m (2002: £353m) and £20.7m (2002: £22.9m) for the group’s UK and US defined benefit plans respectively.

        The Projected Benefit Obligation, Accumulated Benefit Obligation and fair value for plan assets where the Accumulated Benefit Obligation exceeds the assets are £436.7 million, £420.6 million and £357.3 million respectively (2002: £390.2 million, £375.9 million and £299.3 million respectively).

        The funded status is as follows:

Year ended December 31
U.K. schemes U.S. plan
December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Plan assets at fair value 285.0 336.6   14.3 20.7  
Projected benefit obligation 365.6 409.7   24.6 27.0  

Funded status (80.6 ) (73.1 ) (10.3 ) (6.3 )
Unrecognized transition obligation (1.4 )    
Unrecognized prior service cost 4.9 4.1   (0.3 ) (0.3 )
Unrecognized loss 142.2 118.9   5.7 4.1  

Prepaid pension cost 65.1 49.9    
(Accrued) pension cost   (4.9 ) (2.5 )

 Prepaid/(accrued) pension cost 65.1 49.9   (4.9 ) (2.5 )

        Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

Year ended December 31
U.K. schemes U.S. plan
December 31
2002
£m
2003
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Prepaid benefit cost 0.2    
(Accrued benefit liability) (68.0 ) (65.8 ) (8.6 ) (2.5 )
Intangible asset 4.9 4.1    
Accumulated other comprehensive income 128.2 111.4   3.7  

Net amount recognized 65.1 49.9   (4.9 ) (2.5 )

        The increase/(decrease) in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income is ( £16.8m) (2002: £114.1 m, 2001: £14.1m) in the UK plans and ( £3.7m) (2002: £1.6m, 2001: £2.1m ) in the US plan.

 
  F-67  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


        The main actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31 are as follows:

Year ended December 31
December 31
2001
U.K. schemes
2002
2003
2001
U.S. plan
2002
2003
Discount rate 6.0 % 6.0 % 5.6 % 7.25 % 7.25 % 6.75 %
Expected return on assets 6.5 % 6.5 % 5.65 % 9.0 % 7.5 % 7.49 %
Compensation increases 4.5 % 4.75 % 4.0 % 6.0 % 6.0 % 4.0 %
Pension increases after April 5, 1997 2.5 % 2.75 % 2.5 % n/a n/a n/a  

        The main actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:

Year ended December 31
December 31
2001
U.K. schemes
2002
2003
2001
U.S. plan
2002
2003
Discount rate 6.0 % 5.6 % 5.5 % 7.25 % 6.75 % 6.75 %
Expected return on assets 6.5 % 5.65 % 5.68 % 7.5 % 7.49 % 6.9 %
Compensation increases 4.75 % 4.0 % 4.0 % 6.0 % 4.0 % 4.0 %
Pension increases after April 5, 1997 2.75 % 2.5 % 2.5 % n/a n/a n/a  

        The weighted average expected return on plan assets assumption is based on the asset allocation at the beginning of the year. The rate is not assessed relative to historical returns. The expected returns on equities is based on the group’s view having taken independent advice, of the level by which equities may be expected to return more than a risk free investment (taken to be long term government debt). At December 31 the group expects this to be 1.5% (2002: 1.5%) in the UK and 2.5% (2002: 2.5%) in the US. The expected return on bonds is based on the gross redemption yields at the balance sheet date on this category of investments reflecting the duration of liabilities and rating profile of bonds held.

        The group’s weighted average asset allocation at December 31 is as follows:

U.K. schemes U.S plan

                                                                              2001 2002 2003 2001 2002 2003
Equities 55 % 53 % 52 % 61 % 59 % 61 %
Bonds 44 % 46 % 46 % 39 % 41 % 39 %
Cash 1 % 1 % 2 % 0 % 0 % 0 %

Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %

        The objective of the investment activities is to acquire assets which will generate income and capital growth to meet, together with company and member contributions, the cost of current and future benefits; to limit the risk of assets failing to meet liabilities, in particular relation to U.K. Minimum Funding Requirements; and to minimize the long term costs by maximizing the return on assets. As of December 31, 2003 the target asset allocation for the United Pension Plan and the United Magazines Final Salary Scheme in the U.K. was 50% equities and 50% fixed income and for the United Group Pension Scheme in the U.K. and the U.S. plan, 60% equities and 40% fixed income. The target asset allocation in the UK plans is chosen by the Trustee Board of the pension plans and in the US plans, the company.

 
  F-68  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Deferred and corporate income taxes

        Under U.K. GAAP, the company provides for deferred tax in accordance with FRS 19 and accounts for deferred income taxes using the liability method for all timing differences except to the extent that the liabilities are regarded as unlikely to crystallize in the foreseeable future. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, additional provision is made for virtually all “temporary” differences (between the income tax and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities), even if under U.K. GAAP they are regarded as unlikely to crystallize in the foreseeable future. The reconciling item for deferred tax is net of a valuation allowance of £2.6 million for 2003 (2002: £15.8 million).

a) Federal income tax charge

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
United States federal income tax charge included in tax charge 15.4 6.5 6.1

b) Analysis of deferred tax

Year ended December 31
   
Total
£m
2001
Valuation
Adjustment
£m
Recognized
£m
 
Total
£m
2002
Valuation
Adjustment
£m
Recognized
£m
 
Total
£m
2003
Valuation
Adjustment
£m
Recognized
£m
Depreciation and amortisation 15.4 (15.4 )      12.5 (12.5 )      7.4 (7.4 )
Losses carried forward 33.5 (33.5 )   43.5 (43.5 )   60.8 (60.8 )
Reserves and provisions 53.4 (53.4 )   36.1 (36.1 )   15.8 (15.8 )









102.3 (102. 3)   92.1 (92.1 )   84.0 (84.0 )









        The losses carried forward have no expiration date.

        Of total goodwill under US GAAP of £681.5 million at December 31, 2003, the total amount estimated to be deductible for income tax purposes is £127.3 million ($228 million).

Proposed final dividend

        In accordance with U.K. GAAP, final ordinary dividends are provided in the year in respect of which they are proposed on the basis of the recommendation by the directors, and prior to stockholder approval. Under U.S. GAAP, dividends are provided when declared. Dividends on the Group’s Ordinary and B shares were not declared before December 31, 2003 and are, therefore, shown on the Reconciliation of Shareholder’s Equity.

 
  F-69  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Financial instruments

        Under U.K. GAAP, derivative financial instruments that reduce exposures on anticipated future transactions may be accounted for using hedge accounting. Under U.S. GAAP, the Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133 (FAS 133) “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended by FAS 137 and FAS 138, on January 1, 2001. FAS 133 requires that all derivatives be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value and changes in the fair values be recognized immediately in earnings where specific hedge accounting criteria are not met. The Group does not satisfy the FAS 133 requirements to achieve hedge accounting, where permitted, and recorded an unrealized gain of £2.4 million as a net of tax cumulative-effect adjustment in other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity, upon adoption of the standard. The cumulative effect adjustment is reclassified into earnings in the periods during which related liabilities incurred affects earnings. In 2003, £0.5 million (2002: £0.5 million) of the unrealized gain was amortized into earnings and an additional £1.3 million will be amortized in total from 2003 through 2005. Also in 2003, the Group recorded a £8.7 million loss (2002: £12.2 million gain related to stating its interest rate swaps at fair value.

        UBM uses interest rate swaps when appropriate to manage the interest rate risk profile of its borrowings. The interest to be paid or received on derivative financial instruments is aggregated with the interest expense on the related investment or borrowing.

        With regard to cash, short-term deposits, short term debt, non-trade receivables and payables, lease obligations and other non current liabilities, the terms of these financial instruments approximate those available in the current market. Accordingly, carrying values approximate fair values.

        Current asset investments include unlisted investments. The directors consider that unlisted investments are stated at their approximate fair value based on internal evaluation analyses.

Investment in own shares

        Under U.K. GAAP, shares held by the “Employee Share Ownership Plan” (ESOPs) are recorded as fixed asset investments at cost less amounts provided due to movements in the market value. Under U.S. GAAP, those shares not fully vested are regarded as treasury stock and recorded at cost as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.

Marketable securities

        Under U.K. GAAP, marketable securities, which are classified as current asset investments (of all types) are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Fixed asset investments are stated at the lower of cost or, alternatively, at market value. Under U.S. GAAP, securities which are determined to be “available-for-sale” are stated at fair value if it is determinable and any unrealized gains or losses included as a separate component of shareholder’s funds. The deferred tax consequences of unrealized gains or losses are also charged or credited to shareholders’ funds.

 
  F-70  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Share options

       Under U.K. GAAP, there is no compensation expense for performance based employee compensation plans, whereas under U.S. GAAP these plans are subject to variable accounting. As permitted by FAS 123, UBM has continued to apply the methodologies set out in APB Opinion 25, ‘Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees’ and other U.S. GAAP literature in calculating its U.S. GAAP adjustments for share option plans and awards of share rights. The compensation expense associated with shares issued through the performance based compensation plans, in consideration for shares received, is recognized as the difference between the quoted market price of the stock, at the measurement date, and the exercise price of the option. Compensation costs, for the Group, are charged to expenses over the period in which the related service is provided.

        If the compensation cost for the company’s share incentive plan had been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards in 2003, 2002 and 2001 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Group’s net income and earnings per share as adjusted to accord with U.S. GAAP would have been as follows:

U.S. GAAP Year ended December 31
  2001 2002 2003
Net (loss)/income - Basic - as reported £(630.8) m £(406.9) m £55.2 m
Less: total stock based employee compensation expense
  determined under fair value based method for all
  awards, net of related tax effect £(10.2) m £(11.9) m £8.3 m

Net (loss)/income - Basic - pro forma £(641.0) m £(418.8) m £63.5 m

Basic (loss)/earnings per share-as reported (163.6) p (121.9) p 16.5 p
Basic (loss)/earnings per share-pro forma (166.2) p (125.5) p 19.0 p

Diluted (loss)/income -as reported £(630.8) m £(406.9) m £58.9 m
Diluted (loss)/income -pro forma £(641.0) m £(418.8) m £67.2 m

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share-as reported (163.6) p (121.9) p 15.3 p
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share-pro forma (166.2) p (125.5) p 20.1 p

        The effects of applying FAS 123 for providing proforma disclosures are not likely to be representative of the effects on reported net income for future years.

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants in 2003:

Year ended December 31
   
2001
2002
2003
Dividend yield 1.25 % 2.5 %   1.5 %
Expected volatility 29.0 % 40.0 %   35.0 %
Weighted average of risk free interest rates 5.02 % 4.95 %   4.04 %

        For grants made under the 2000 Executive Scheme and the SEEPP2000 Plan, the company has assumed the expected life to be 2 years longer than the vesting period. The grants under the 2000 Executive Scheme vest after either 3 or 4 years and so the expected life is 5 or 6 years respectively. For the SEEPP2000 plan, matching options vest after 4 years and so the expected life for these options is 6 years. Grants made under the United SAYE scheme and the United International Sharesave Scheme vest after 3, 5 or 7 years. The company has assumed that the expected lifetime for these options should be equal to the vesting period.

 
  F-71  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Share options (continued)

        Supplementary information relating to share options:

Year ended December 31
2001
p
2002
p
2003
p
Weighted average exercise price of options granted at a premium to
    market price
534.73 247.25
Weighted average exercise price of options granted at a discount to
    market price
675.73 405.35 160.60
Weighted average exercise price of options granted equal to market price
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted at a premium to
  market price 138.75 73.73
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted at a discount to
  market price 234.98 148.70 90.25
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted equal to
    market price
Weighted average grant date fair value of share awards 640.44 513.70 325.11

Concentrations of credit risk

        Potential concentrations of credit risk to the Group consist principally of investment of surplus funds and trade debtors.

        The Group only invest cash surpluses with counterparties with an A credit rating or better, or those providing adequate security. This policy limits the amount of credit exposure to any one bank or institution. Trade debtors comprise a large, widespread customer base.

        At December 31, 2003, the Group did not consider there to be any significant concentration of credit risk.

Supplementary segmental information

        The Group’s reportable segments are based on its organization around differences in products and services, geographic areas and regulatory environments and reflects how management monitors the business.

Year ended December 31
Depreciation
By division 2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
   CMP Media 9.7 7.7 3.4
   CMP Asia 0.3 0.3 0.3
   CMP Information 3.2 2.8 2.3
   United Advertising Publications 2.2 1.9 1.4

Professional media 15.4 12.7 7.4
News distribution 5.3 6.9 15.2
Market research 2.6 3.6 2.7

23.3 23.2 25.3

By geographic market
United Kingdom, Europe and Middle East 8.0 7.3 6.1
North America 14.9 15.6 18.9
Pacific 0.4 0.3 0.3

23.3 23.2 25.3

 
  F-72  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)

 
Year ended December 31
   
Investment in equity method investees
  Capital expenditure
By division   2001
£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
    2001
£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
 
   CMP Media   7.1 4.3 3.8   7.8 1.4 1.6
   CMP Asia   1.2 1.3 0.7   0.4 0.2 0.1
   CMP Information   0.8 0.8 0.3   5.4 0.3 0.5
   United Advertising Publications     1.1 1.3 1.4

Professional media   9.1 6.4 4.8   14.7 3.2 3.6
News distribution   6.5 6.6 6.6   14.1 5.9 1.0
Market research     2.9 1.8 2.3

  15.6 13.0 11.4   31.7 10.9 6.9

By geographic market
North America 19.9 7.6 4.6
United Kingdom, Europe & Middle East 11.5 3.1 2.2
Pacific 0.3 0.2 0.1

31.7 10.9 6.9  


Year ended December 31
Non - current assets
Total assets
By division 2002
£m
  2003
£m
  2002
£m
  2003
£m
   CMP Media       296.6 211.7
   CMP Asia       43.9 31.8
   CMP Information       97.3 84.4
   United Advertising Publications       18.8 18.3

Professional media       456.6 346.2
News distribution       52.1 36.4
Market research       111.3 177.3
Other       945.5 899.8

        1,565.5   1,459.7

By geographic market
North America 328.6 276.4           409.9 386.8
United Kingdom, Europe & Middle East 338.8 379.7   1,109.9 1,042.7
Pacific 25.1 13.6   45.7 30.2


692.5 669.7   1,565.5 1,459.7


        The total assets by division represent the non-interest bearing assets employed by each division and include intangible assets

Year ended December 31
Goodwill acquired
By division 2002
£m
  2003
£m
   CMP Media 25.5
   CMP Information 84.1
   United Advertising Publications 1.7

Professional media 111.3
Market research 26.0

137.3

By geographic market
North America 31.4
United Kingdom, Europe & Middle East 105.9
Pacific

137.3

 
  F-73  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Estimated aggregate amortization expense

        Estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years under U.S. GAAP excluding the effects of any possible intangible assets acquired as part of businesses and subsidiaries acquired in 2003 yet to be identified and valued for purchase price allocation in 2004 is as follows:

£m
Year ended 31 December 2004 5.8
Year ended 31 December 2005 5.6
Year ended 31 December 2006 4.8
Year ended 31 December 2007 2.3
Year ended 31 December 2008 0.4

Supplementary cash flow information

(i)     Analysis of changes in cash and cash equivalents during the year

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
At January 1 21.9 9.8 21.1
Net cash (outflow)/inflow (12. 1) 13.0 (6.5 )
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes (1.7 ) (0.9 )

At December 31 9.8 21.1 13.7

(ii)     Analysis of the balances of cash and cash equivalents

Year ended December 31
2001
£m
2002
£m
2003
£m
Cash at bank and in hand 352.8 96.5 183.2
Less: deposits treated as liquid resources (including £6.1 (343.0 ) (75.4 ) (169.5 )
  million held in respect of letters of credit in 2003)

9.8 21.1 13.7

        Deposits treated as liquid resources are cash held as money market deposits with several U.K./European banks available on call. The interest rate on these deposits range between 0% and 4%.

(iii)     Analysis of non-cash financing activities

Year ended December 31
2001 2002 2003
Share
capital
(including
premium)
£m
Loans and
finance
lease
obligations
£m
Share
capital
(including
premium)
£m
Loans and
finance
lease
obligations
£m
Share
capital
(including
premium)
£m
Loans and
finance
lease
obligations
£m
Effect of foreign exchange rate  changes (11. 3) 24.0 13.0
On issue of shares to the QUEST

 
  F-74  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards not yet adopted

U.K.  GAAP

Accounting for ESOP Trusts

        In December 2003, the ASB issued UITF Abstract No. 38 “Accounting for ESOP trusts” which supersedes UITF Abstract No. 13. UITF Abstract No. 38 changes the presentation of shares held in an ESOP trust from requiring them to be recognised as assets to requiring them to be deducted in arriving at shareholders’ funds. In addition the ASB issued related amendments to UITF Abstract No. 17 “Employee share schemes”. UITF Abstract No. 17 has been amended to reflect the consequences for the profit and loss account of the changes in the presentation of own shares held by an ESOP trust. Amended Abstract 17 requires that the minimum expense should be the difference between the fair value of the shares at the date of award and the amount that an employee may be required to pay for the shares (ie the “intrinsic value’ of the award). The expense was previously determined either as the intrinsic value or, where purchases of shares had been made by an ESOP trust at fair value, by reference to the cost or book value of shares that were available for the award. The new accounting requirements become mandatory for accounting periods ending on or after 22 June 2004. The Group intends to adopt UITF Abstract No. 38 and the amendments to UITF Abstract No. 17 from 1 January 2004. The Group has estimated that if the UITF Abstract No. 38 had been adopted as at 31 December 2003 its shareholders’ equity would have been reduced by £4.1 million. The impact of adopting amendments to UITF Abstract No. 17 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position or our results of operations in the future.

U.S.  GAAP

Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

        In 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150“). This standard establishes guidance for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Most of the guidance in SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 or January 1, 2004. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or our results of operations.

Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables

        In January 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF 00-21, ‘Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables’. EITF 00-21 addresses the issues of how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. EITF 00-21 does not change otherwise applicable revenue recognition criteria. EITF 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

 
  F-75  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards not yet adopted (continued)

International Financial Reporting Standards

        The Council of the European Union announced in June 2002 that listed companies would adopt International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), formerly known as International Accounting Standards, from January 1, 2005. The adoption of IFRS will be first reflected in the group’s financial statements for the half-year ending June 30, 2005 and the year ending December 31, 2005.

        In 2003 we commenced the process of investigating the differences between UK GAAP and IFRS in order to assess the impact the conversion to IFRS will have on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, our internal and external financial reporting, our accounting systems and procedures, treasury issues (such as debt covenants and risk management), our day-to-day business, and the training and education of our workforce. This assessment has resulted in a preliminary plan for conversion. We expect to finalize the conversion during 2004 to ensure the group will be ready to meet the conversion deadline and to present clearly the effects of this transition.

        It is a complex task to assess the differences between current accounting policies and IFRS, not least since many of the IFRS are themselves in the course of revision. It is clear that a number of accounting policies and some presentational aspects of the financial statements will change. The transition to IFRS could have a material impact on the Group’s financial position and reported results, however it is not possible to quantify the impact at this time. For UBM, the areas of impact from IAS/IFRS adoption are expected to be:

  • amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;
  • joint ventures and associates;
  • pensions and post-retirement benefits;
  • share-based payments; and
  • disclosure and presentation of financial instruments.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards adopted in 2003

U.S. GAAP

Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities

        In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 149”). The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in SFAS No. 133. In addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS No. 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements. With certain exceptions, SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The impact of adopting the standard has not had a material effect on our financial position or our results of operations in the future.

 
  F-76  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards adopted in 2003 (continued)

Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections

        In April 2002, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standard No. 145 “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections”. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement has had no impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), ‘Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others’. FIN 45 requires a liability to be recognised at the time a company issues a guarantee for the fair value of the obligations assumed under certain guarantee agreements. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement of guarantee agreements are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement has had no impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, which requires a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary (“PB”). The PB is the party that absorbs a majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receives a majority of the expected residual returns.

        In December 2003, the FASB revised FIN 46 (“FIN 46-(R)”), delaying the effective date for certain entities created before February 1, 2003 and making other amendments to clarify the application of guidance. In adopting FIN 46 and in anticipation of adopting FIN 46-(R), the Group has evaluated its various variable interests to determine whether they are VIEs. These variable interests, which generally represent a modest interest relative to other investors in the ventures, are primarily related to the Group’s strategy to expand its presence in other territories or relate to residual investments from the group’s disposed broadcasting business. The process identified the following types of variable interests: a) loans to ventures; b) equity investments in ventures less than 50 per cent of the equity; c) other types of guarantees; and d) lease agreements.

        The process also identified an investment greater than 50 per cent. The Group holds a 70 per cent investment in a group of exhibition joint ventures know as CMP Sino Expo which is equity accounted due to substantive minority shareholder veto rights constituting a legal and structural constraint precluding the ability of UBM to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of that entity. EITF 96-16 defines such substantive minority shareholder veto rights and applies to investments in which the investor has a majority voting interest in investees, with the minority interest consisting of only one or a small number of other investors with certain approval or veto rights. FIN 46 allows an exemption from consolidation of a VIE where substantive minority shareholder veto rights, as defined by EITF 96-16, exist.

 
  F-77  


UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA PLC

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34.

Summary of Differences Between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“U.K. GAAP” and “U.S. GAAP”) (continued)


Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards adopted in 2003 (continued)

        The Group has adopted FIN 46 for entities created subsequent to February 1, 2003 as of December 31, 2003 and will adopt FIN 46-(R) for the year ending December 31, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not result in the consolidation of any VIEs, nor is the adoption of FIN 46-(R) expected to result in the consolidation of any VIEs.

35.     Post-balance sheet events

        On June 1, 2004, the Group announced it had submitted a binding offer to acquire MediMedia’s drug information businesses in continental Europe and Asia, and all the trade press, patient education and pharma marketing solutions businesses in Germany, Benelux and Asia-Pacific. The purchase price envisaged is €282.5 million in cash, and the transaction will be subject to the necessary regulatory clearances.

 
  F-78  


 

 
SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

United Business Media plc             


Clive Hollick
Chief Executive Officer

     

 

Dated: June 16, 2004

 
  F-79